0% found this document useful (0 votes)
17 views570 pages

D4B8027F3DF-Running Gear Axles Steering

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 570

Service

Workshop Manual
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤,
Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤,
e-Golf 2014 ➤, e-Golf 2017 ➤
Running gear, axles, steering
Edition 02.2021

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - Technical data
40 - Front suspension
42 - Rear suspension
43 - Self-levelling suspension
44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry
48 - Steering

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness
and safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as
a matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2021 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8027F3DF


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Contents

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety precautions when working on high-voltage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 Safety precautions when working on subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 Repair notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1 Leaks at shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Noises from shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3 Checking shock absorbers when removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4 Steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.5 Gaskets and seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.6 Nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.7 Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3 Evaluating accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1 Check list for evaluating running gear on accident vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-filled shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-filled shock absorbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

40 - Front suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1 Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.1 Assembly overview – subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2 Removing and installing subframe without steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.3 Removing and installing subframe with steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.4 Repairing subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.5 Removing and installing anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.6 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.7 Repairing thread in longitudinal member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.8 Fixing subframe in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.9 Lowering subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3 Suspension strut, upper suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.2 Removing and installing suspension strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3 Repairing suspension strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4 Lower suspension link, swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.2 Removing and installing lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.3 Checking swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.4 Removing and installing swivel joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
4.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5 Wheel bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.1 Assembly overview – wheel bearing assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
6 Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.1 Overview - drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.2 Assembly overview – drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.3 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Contents i
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

6.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186


6.5 Removing and installing drive shaft heat shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
6.6 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
6.7 Checking outer constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.8 Checking inner constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

42 - Rear suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


1 Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.1 Overview – rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.2 Lowering rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1.3 Removing and installing rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
1.4 Removing and installing shield for rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
2 Axle beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.1 Assembly overview – axle beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.2 Renewing bonded rubber bush for axle beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3 Subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3.1 Assembly overview – subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
3.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
3.3 Fixing subframe in position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.4 Repairing subframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
4 Anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
4.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
4.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
4.3 Removing and installing coupling rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
5 Suspension link, track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5.1 Assembly overview - transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5.2 Assembly overview - track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
5.3 Removing and installing upper transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.4 Removing and installing lower transverse link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
5.5 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
6 Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
6.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
6.2 Removing and installing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
6.3 Repairing shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
6.4 Removing and installing spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
7 Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
7.1 Assembly overview – wheel bearing assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
7.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
7.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
7.4 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
7.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
7.6 Removing and installing trailing arm with mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
7.7 Repairing trailing arm, standard trailing arm bushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
8 Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
8.1 Assembly overview – drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
8.2 Removing and installing drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
8.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
8.4 Loosening and tightening threaded connections of drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
8.5 Checking outer constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
8.6 Checking inner constant velocity joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

43 - Self-levelling suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407


1 Electronically controlled damping system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
1.1 Assembly overview - electronically controlled damping system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
1.2 Removing and installing electronically controlled damping control unit J250 . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

ii Contents
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1.3 Removing and installing front body acceleration senders G341/G342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
1.4 Removing and installing rear body acceleration sender G343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
2 Vehicle level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
2.3 Removing and installing front vehicle level senders G78/G289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
2.4 Removing and installing rear vehicle level senders G76/G77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428


1 Wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1.1 Notes for wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1.2 Conditions for testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
1.3 Test preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
1.5 Setting vehicle to initial position for wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
1.6 Wheel alignment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
1.7 Necessity of wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
1.8 Adjusting camber at front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
1.9 Adjusting camber on rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
1.10 Adjusting toe at rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
1.11 Adjusting front axle toe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
1.12 Wheel runout compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
1.13 Vehicle data sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
1.14 Checking maximum wheel lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
2 Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
2.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
3 Front camera for driver assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
3.1 Calibrating front camera for assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

48 - Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
1 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
1.1 Assembly overview – steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
2 Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
2.1 Assembly overview – steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
2.2 Checking steering column for damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
2.3 Handling and transporting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
2.4 Removing and installing steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
2.5 Removing and installing control unit for electronic steering column lock J764 . . . . . . . . . . 506
3 Steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
3.1 Assembly overview – steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
3.2 Removing and installing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
3.3 Removing and installing boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
3.4 Removing and installing track rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
3.6 Repairing steering rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
4 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
4.1 Removing and installing steering angle sender G85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

Contents iii
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

iv Contents
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

00 – Technical data
1 Safety information
(VRL015217; Edition 02.2021)
⇒ m1.1 easures when working on vehicles with a start/stop
system”, page 1
⇒ p1.2 recautions when working on high-voltage system”, page
1
⇒ p1.3 recautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage
components”, page 2
⇒ p1.4 recautions when working on subframe”, page 2

1.1 Safety measures when working on vehicles with a start/stop system


Risk of injury from engine starting unexpectedly
If the vehicle's start/stop system is activated, the engine can
start unexpectedly. A message in the dash panel insert indi‐
cates whether the start/stop system is activated.
– To deactivate start/stop system: switch off ignition.

1.2 Safety precautions when working on high-voltage system


Danger to life from high voltage
The high-voltage system is under high voltage. Severe or fatal
injury from electric shock.
– Persons with life-preserving or other electronic medical devi‐
ces in or on their body must not perform any work on the
high-voltage system. Such medical devices include internal
analgesic pumps, implanted defibrillators, pacemakers, insu‐
lin pumps and hearing aids.
– The high-voltage system must be de-energised by a suitably
qualified technician.

Risk of injury from engine starting unexpectedly


On electric and hybrid vehicles, the operational readiness of the
vehicle is difficult to detect. There is a risk of parts of the body
becoming trapped or drawn in.
– Switch off ignition.
– Always store the ignition key outside the vehicle.

Risk of damage to high-voltage cables


Improper handling of high-voltage cables or high-voltage con‐
nectors can result in damage to their insulation.
– Never support body weight on high-voltage cables or high-
voltage connectors.

1. Safety information 1
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Never support any tools on high-voltage cables or high-volt‐


age connectors.
– Never kink or severely bend high-voltage cables.
– Always observe the coding when connecting high-voltage
connectors.

1.3 Safety precautions when working in the vicinity of high-voltage compo‐


nents
Danger to life from high voltage
The high-voltage system is under high voltage. Damage to high-
voltage components can result in severe or fatal injury from
electric shock.
– Perform visual check of high-voltage components and high-
voltage cables.
– Never use cutting or forming tools, or any other sharp-edged
tools.
– Never use heat sources such as welding, brazing, soldering,
hot air or thermal bonding equipment.

1.4 Safety precautions when working on


subframe
♦ It is not permitted to weld or straighten load-bearing or
wheel-guiding components of the suspension.
♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited
extent. Therefore, tighten the bolted connections of compo‐
nents with bonded rubber bushes only when the wheel bear‐
ing housing has been raised (unladen state) ⇒ page 6 .

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Repair notes
⇒ a2.1 t shock absorbers”, page 3
⇒ f2.2 rom shock absorbers”, page 3
⇒ s2.3 hock absorbers when removed”, page 4
⇒ r2.4 ack”, page 4
⇒ a2.5 nd seals”, page 5
⇒ a2.6 nd bolts”, page 5
⇒ c2.7 omponents”, page 5
⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6

2.1 Leaks at shock absorbers


Shock absorbers are often replaced because of externally visi‐
ble leakage. Inspections on the test rig and in the vehicle have
shown that in the majority of cases this replacement is not
justified.
Slight loss of fluid (“sweating”) at the piston rod seal is not a
reason for replacing a shock absorber. An oil sweating shock
absorber is deemed OK under the following conditions:
♦ Fluid seepage (as shown in the shaded part of the illustra‐
tion) is visible, but the fluid is dull and possibly dried by dust.

♦ The fluid seepage extends only from the top shock absorb‐
er seal (piston rod seal) down to the bottom spring plate
-arrow-.

2.2 Noises from shock absorbers


Shock absorbers are often replaced because of noises (rum‐
bling, etc.) experienced by the customer. Inspections on the test
rig and in the vehicle have shown that in approx. 70% of these
cases there is no case for complaint. The replacement was not
justified.
In the case of complaints regarding rumbling or knocking noises
please proceed as follows.

2. Repair notes 3
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carry out a road test with the customer - if possible on a dry,


uneven road - to establish when, where and how the noises
occur.

Note

These noises are only very rarely caused by the shock absorb‐
ers.

2.3 Checking shock absorbers when re‐


moved
Defective shock absorbers can be identified by loud rumbling
noises when driving, caused by wheel hopping, especially on
bad roads. Heavy fluid leakage is an additional visual indication.

Note

Shock absorbers are maintenance-free; shock absorber fluid


cannot be topped up.

After removal, a shock absorber can be checked by hand as


follows:
– Compress shock absorber by hand.
• The piston rod should move smoothly over the entire stroke
with uniform resistance and without jolts.
– Release piston rod.
• If the shock absorber has sufficient gas pressure the piston
rod will return by itself to its original position.

Note

♦ If this is not the case, the shock absorber does not necessa‐
rily need to be renewed. Provided there has been no major
loss of fluid, it will still be as effective as a conventional
shock absorber.
♦ Even without gas pressure, the shock absorber will provide
full damping effect as long as there has been no major loss
of fluid. However, it may produce more noise.

2.4 Steering rack


To achieve the desired results when performing repairs on the
steering rack it is important to work with the greatest possible
care and cleanliness, and to use proper tools in good condition.
Also note the basic rules on safety when performing repair pro‐
cedures.
A number of general notes on the individual repair procedures,
which can otherwise be found in the relevant sections of the
workshop manual, are summarised here. They apply for this
particular workshop manual.
The design and function of the electromechanical power steer‐
ing is described in the self-study programme ⇒ Self-study pro‐
gramme No. 317; The electromechanical power steering with
dual pinion.
♦ Thoroughly clean all unions and the adjacent areas before
disconnecting.

4 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ When installing the steering rack, make sure that dowel


sleeves between bracket and steering rack are seated cor‐
rectly.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover them
to prevent soiling/contamination. Use foil and paper for this
purpose. Use lint-free cloths only.
♦ Install only clean parts; do not remove new parts from pack‐
aging until immediately before installing.
♦ Use only the grease and sealants with specified part num‐
bers.
♦ Cover opened components thoroughly or seal them if repairs
cannot be carried out immediately.

2.5 Gaskets and seals


♦ Always renew seals and gaskets
♦ When seals have been removed, check contact surface on
housings or shafts for burrs and damage and rectify as nec‐
essary.
♦ Completely remove all liquid sealant residue from the seal‐
ing surfaces, making sure that no residual sealant finds it
way back into the steering rack housing.

2.6 Nuts and bolts

♦ Loosen and tighten bolts and securing nuts for covers and
housings diagonally.
♦ Avoid canting sensitive parts, such as servo motor with con‐
trol unit. Loosen and tighten them diagonally in stages.
♦ Specified torques given are for unlubricated nuts, bolts and
screws.
♦ Always renew self-locking bolts and nuts.

2.7 Electrical components


Most people have experienced an electric shock after touching
something metallic. This is due to the electrostatic charge of
the human body. This static charge can cause malfunctions
upon contact with the electric steering rack and steering column
components.

2. Repair notes 5
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Before working on electrical components, touch an earned


object, such as a water pipe or a lifting platform. Do not
directly touch connector contacts.

2.8 Raising suspension to unladen position


(vehicles with coil springs)
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Gearbox support -T10337-

6 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

Caution

All bolts on running gear components with bonded rubber


bushes may be tightened only when the component is in the
unladen position (normal position).
Bonded rubber bushes can be twisted only to a limited ex‐
tent.
Axle components with bonded rubber bushes must therefore
be brought to a position equivalent to the unladen (normal)
position before being tightened.
Otherwise, the bonded rubber bush would be subject to tor‐
sion loading, shortening its service life.

To simulate this position on lifting platform, raise respective


suspension with engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-.
Before the respective wheel suspension is raised, the vehicle
must be strapped to the lifting platform arms using tensioning
straps -T10038-.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, there is a danger that the


vehicle will slip off the lifting platform!

– Secure vehicle to lifting platform on both sides of axle using


tensioning strap -T10038-.

2. Repair notes 7
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Respective nuts and bolts may be tightened only when speci‐


fied dimension between centre of wheel hub and lower edge of
wheel housing has been attained.
The dimension depends on the ride height of the installed run‐
ning gear:
1)The type of running gear fitted to the vehicle is recorded on
the vehicle data sticker. The running gear is identified by the
PR number. Allocation of PR number to corresponding running
gear ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page 453 .
Front axle, Golf 2013>, Golf 2017>

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G05/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 383 ± 10 mm
Sports G01/ G02/ G06/ G07/ G21+ 2UC/ G01/ G14+2UP/ G17/ 368 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Raised running G01+2UF/ G02+2UF/ G03+2UF/ G24/ G25/ G27 398 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G03+2UH/ G02+2UQ/ G04 373 ± 10 mm
BlueMotion G01+2UC+GM1/ G01+2UPG02+2UC+GM1/ G07+2UC/ 368 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Natural gas G01/ G02/ G05/ G07/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 383 ± 10 mm
GTD G05+2UJ+GM03/ G06+2UC+GM03/ 368 ± 10 mm
G02+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G05+2UJ/
G08/ G32/ G10
GTI, Golf R, GTI G06+2UC/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8H/ G06+2UC+GM3+A8G/ 368 ± 10 mm
Clubsport G06+2UJ/ G04+2UM/ G10+GM3+A8G/ G10+GM1+A8H/
G09,G13,G29/ G10+E3A
GTI Heavy-duty G06 + 2UN 383 ± 10 mm
GTE G20/G23 383 ± 10 mm
Golf R 18" G04+2UK+1N7/ G04+2UL+1N7/ G11+1N7/ G12+1N7/ 363 ± 10 mm
G28+1N7/ G31
Golf R 19", GTI G04+2UK+QZ0/ G04+2UL+QZ0/ G11+QZ0/ G12+QZ0/ 363 ± 10 mm
Clubsport with G28+QZ0/ G31,G34
adaptive chassis
control DCC
GTI Clubsport S G34+E14 363 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles, 1JA 383 ± 10 mm
standard running
gear
Special vehicles, UC7 398 ± 10 mm
raised running gear

Front axle, Golf Estate 2014 ►Golf Estate 2017 ►

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G05/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 383 ± 10 mm
Sports G01/ G02/ G06/ G07/ G21+ 2UC/ G01/ G14+2UP/ G17/ 368 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Raised running G01+2UF/ G02+2UF/ G03+2UF/ G24/ G25/ G27 398 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G03+2UH/ G02+2UQ 373 ± 10 mm
BlueMotion G01+2UC+GM1/ G01+2UPG02+2UC+GM1/ G07+2UC/ 368 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Natural gas G19 373 ± 10 mm

8 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


GTD G05+2UJ+GM03/ G06+2UC+GM03/ 368 ± 10 mm
G02+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G05+2UJ/
G08/ G32/ G10
Alltrack G24/ G25 397 ± 10 mm
Alltrack DCC G27 392 ± 10 mm
Golf Estate R G31 + QZ0 363 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles, 1JA 383 ± 10 mm
standard running
gear
Special vehicles, UC7 398 ± 10 mm
raised running gear

Front axle, e-Golf 2014>, e-Golf 2017>

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G18/ G22+2UA 383 ± 10 mm

Rear axle, Golf 2013>, Golf 2017>

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G05/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 385 ± 10 mm
Sports G01/ G02/ G06/ G07/ G21+ 2UC/ G01/ G14+2UP/ G17/ 370 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Raised running G01+2UF/ G02+2UF/ G03+2UF/ G24/ G25/ G27 400 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G03+2UH/ G02+2UQ/ G04 375 ± 10 mm
BlueMotion G01+2UC+GM1/ G01+2UPG02+2UC+GM1/ G07+2UC/ 370 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Natural gas G01/ G02/ G05/ G07/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 385 ± 10 mm
GTD G05+2UJ+GM03/ G06+2UC+GM03/ 370 ± 10 mm
G02+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G05+2UJ/
G08/ G32/ G10
GTI, Golf R, GTI G06+2UC/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8H/ G06+2UC+GM3+A8G/ 370 ± 10 mm
Clubsport G06+2UJ/ G04+2UM/ G10+GM3+A8G/ G10+GM1+A8H/
G09,G13,G29/ G10+E3A
GTI Heavy-duty G06 + 2UN 385 ± 10 mm
GTE G20/G23 395 ± 10 mm
Golf R 18" G04+2UK+1N7/ G04+2UL+1N7/ G11+1N7/ G12+1N7/ 365 ± 10 mm
G28+1N7/ G31
Golf R 19", GTI G04+2UK+QZ0/ G04+2UL+QZ0/ G11+QZ0/ G12+QZ0/ 365 ± 10 mm
Clubsport with G28+QZ0/ G31,G34
adaptive chassis
control DCC
GTI Clubsport S G34+E14 365 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles, 1JA 385 ± 10 mm
standard running
gear
Special vehicles, UC7 400 ± 10 mm
raised running gear

2. Repair notes 9
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Rear axle, Golf Estate 2014 ►Golf Estate 2017 ►

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G05/ G16/ G18/ G22+2UA 385 ± 10 mm
Sports G01/ G02/ G06/ G07/ G21+ 2UC/ G01/ G14+2UP/ G17/ 370 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Raised running G01+2UF/ G02+2UF/ G03+2UF/ G24/ G25/ G27 400 ± 10 mm
gear
DCC G03+2UH/ G02+2UQ 375 ± 10 mm
BlueMotion G01+2UC+GM1/ G01+2UPG02+2UC+GM1/ G07+2UC/ 370 ± 10 mm
G21/ G26
Natural gas G19 385 ± 10 mm
GTD G05+2UJ+GM03/ G06+2UC+GM03/ 370 ± 10 mm
G02+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G06+2UC+GM1+A8G/ G05+2UJ/
G08/ G32/ G10
Alltrack G24/ G25 398 ± 10 mm
Alltrack DCC G27 393 ± 10 mm
Golf Estate R G31 + QZ0 370 ± 10 mm
Special vehicles, 1JA 385 ± 10 mm
standard running
gear
Special vehicles, UC7 400 ± 10 mm
raised running gear

Rear axle, e-Golf 2014>, e-Golf 2017>

Running gear 1) PR numbers Ride height -a- in mm


Basic G01/ G02/ G07/ G18/ G22+2UA 385 ± 10 mm

• The procedure is shown in the illustration below.


– Fit gearbox support -T10337- -B- onto engine and gearbox
jack -VAS 6931- -A-.
– Raise suspension using engine and gearbox jack -VAS
6931- until dimension -a- is attained.

10 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

♦ Do not raise or lower the vehicle while the engine and


gearbox jack is positioned under the vehicle.
♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- under
vehicle longer than necessary.

– Tighten respective nuts and bolts.


– Lower the suspension.
– Pull engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- out from under
vehicle.

2. Repair notes 11
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3 Evaluating accident vehicles


⇒ l3.1 ist for evaluating running gear on accident vehicles”,
page 12

3.1 Check list for evaluating running gear


on accident vehicles
Damage to running gear may go unnoticed during repairs to
load-bearing and suspension parts of accident vehicles. Under
certain circumstances, this undiscovered damage could lead to
serious consequential damage during later vehicle operation.
Therefore, the following parts of accident vehicles must be
examined in the manner and order described independent of
wheel alignment which may have to be performed. If no devia‐
tions from specifications are measured during wheel alignment,
there are no deformations of the running gear.
Visual and functional examination of steering system
♦ Visual examination for deformation and cracks
♦ Examination for play in track rod joints and steering rack
♦ Visual examination for tears in boots
♦ Examine electrical and hydraulic lines and hoses for chafing,
cuts and kinks.
♦ Check hydraulic lines, threaded connections and steering
rack for leaks.
♦ Check steering rack and lines for secure seating
♦ Check for flawless function from lock to lock by moving the
steering from stop to stop. In the process, the steering wheel
must turn with a constant force without resistance.
Visual inspection and functional check of running gear
• Adhere to the sequence of the following inspection steps!
♦ Check all components shown in the assembly overviews for
deformation, cracks and other damage.
♦ Renew damaged parts
♦ Align wheels on a Volkswagen AG-approved wheel align‐
ment stand
Visual and functional check of wheels and tyres
♦ Check for true running and imbalance.
♦ Check tyres for cuts and impact damage in the tread and on
the flanks ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide - General information;
Rep. gr. 44; Evaluating tyres.
♦ Check tyre inflation pressure; information on mandatory tyre
inflation pressure can be found on a sticker attached to B-pil‐
lar on driver side or to inside of tank flap.
If rim of wheel and/or tyre is damaged, renew tyre. This also
applies if the circumstances of the accident and the damage to
the vehicle indicate possible damage which is not visible.
A further factor in the decision is the age of the tyre. Tyres
should not be older than 6 years.
If in doubt, the following always applies:
• Whenever a safety risk cannot be excluded, the tyre(s) must
be renewed.

12 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Complete vehicle
Also check other vehicle systems such as:
♦ Brake system including ABS
♦ Visual and functional examination of exhaust system and
passenger protection
Specifications for testing and adjusting can be found in the
respective workshop manual in ELSA.
The accident vehicle check described here applies to the run‐
ning gear. This makes no claim to completeness for the overall
vehicle.
Electronic vehicle systems
Safety-relevant systems such as ABS/EDL; airbags; electroni‐
cally regulated suspension systems; electromechanical or elec‐
trohydraulic steering and other driver assist systems must be
read with the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester for possibly stored
fault messages. If faults are saved in the event memories of
the systems mentioned above, repair them according to instruc‐
tions in workshop manuals in ELSA. Following repairs, read
event memories of the affected systems again to ensure that
complete function has been restored.

3. Evaluating accident vehicles 13


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4 Disposal
⇒ g4.1 as and draining front gas-filled shock absorbers”, page
14
⇒ g4.2 as and draining rear gas-filled shock absorbers”, page
16

4.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-


filled shock absorbers
⇒ g4.1.1 as and draining front gas-filled shock absorbers, con‐
ventional shock absorbers”, page 14
⇒ g4.1.2 as and draining front gas-filled shock absorbers, DCC
shock absorbers”, page 15

4.1.1 Releasing gas and draining front gas-


filled shock absorbers, conventional
shock absorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice, with piston
rod pointing downwards.

WARNING

Safety goggles must be worn when drilling.

– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber.

Note

Gas escapes upon penetration.

– Continue drilling until the inner tube has been penetrated


(approx. 25 mm deep).
– Drill a 6 mm hole -B- through outer and inner tube of shock
absorber.

14 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Hold shock absorber over an oil drip tray. Move the piston
rod back and forth over its full extension until no further oil
escapes.

4.1.2 Releasing gas and draining front gas-


filled shock absorbers, DCC shock ab‐
sorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice.

WARNING

Safety goggles must be worn when drilling.

– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber.

Note

Gas escapes upon penetration.

– Continue drilling until the inner tube has been penetrated


(approx. 25 mm deep).
– Drill a 6 mm hole -B- through outer and inner tube of shock
absorber.
– Hold shock absorber over an oil drip tray. Move the piston
rod back and forth over its full extension until no further oil
escapes.

4. Disposal 15
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-


filled shock absorbers
⇒ g4.2.1 as and draining rear gas-filled shock absorbers, con‐
ventional shock absorbers”, page 16
⇒ g4.2.2 as and draining rear gas-filled shock absorbers, DCC
shock absorbers”, page 16

4.2.1 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-


filled shock absorbers, conventional
shock absorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice.

WARNING

Safety goggles must be worn when drilling.

– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber.

Note

Gas escapes upon penetration.

– Continue drilling until the inner tube has been penetrated


(approx. 25 mm deep).
– Drill a 6 mm hole -B- through outer and inner tube of shock
absorber.
– Hold shock absorber over an oil drip tray. Move the piston
rod back and forth over its full extension until no further oil
escapes.

4.2.2 Releasing gas and draining rear gas-


filled shock absorbers, DCC shock ab‐
sorbers
– Clamp gas-filled shock absorber vertically in vice.

16 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

Safety goggles must be worn when drilling.

– Drill a 3 mm hole -A- through outer tube of shock absorber.

Note

Gas escapes upon penetration.

– Continue drilling until the inner tube has been penetrated


(approx. 25 mm deep).
– Drill a 6 mm hole -B- through outer and inner tube of shock
absorber.
– Hold shock absorber over an oil drip tray. Move the piston
rod back and forth over its full extension until no further oil
escapes.

4. Disposal 17
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

40 – Front suspension
1 Front axle
⇒ o1.1 f fitting locations - front axle”, page 18

1.1 Overview of fitting locations - front axle

I - ⇒ 2 , page 19
II - ⇒ s3 trut, upper suspen‐
sion link”, page 96
III - ⇒ s4 uspension link, swiv‐
el joint”, page 112
IV - ⇒ b5 earing”, page 141

18 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Subframe
⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
⇒ a2.2 nd installing subframe without steering rack”, page 21
⇒ a2.3 nd installing subframe with steering rack”, page 30
⇒ s2.4 ubframe”, page 61
⇒ a2.5 nd installing anti-roll bar”, page 73
⇒ a2.6 nd installing coupling rod”, page 78
⇒ t2.7 hread in longitudinal member”, page 80
⇒ s2.8 ubframe in position”, page 80
⇒ s2.9 ubframe”, page 85

2.1 Assembly overview – subframe

2. Subframe 19
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Anti-roll bar with rubber


bush
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 73
2 - Nut
❑ When tightening, coun‐
terhold on multipoint
socket of joint stub.
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 65 Nm
3 - Suspension strut
4 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 78
5 - Subframe
❑ Fixing position ⇒ page
80
❑ Lowering ⇒ page 85
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling without steering
rack ⇒ page 21
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling with steering rack
⇒ page 30
6 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
7 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +180°
8 - Left support
9 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ M8: 20 Nm +90°
❑ M10: 50 Nm +90°
10 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
11 - Right support
12 - Lower bonded rubber bush for pendulum support
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 61
13 - Upper bonded rubber bush for pendulum support
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 61
14 - Nut
❑ When tightening, counterhold on multipoint socket of joint stub.
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 65 Nm

20 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2.2 Removing and installing subframe


without steering rack
⇒ a2.2.1 nd installing subframe without steering rack, except for
e-Golf”, page 21
⇒ a2.2.2 nd installing subframe without steering rack, e-Golf”,
page 26

2.2.1 Removing and installing subframe


without steering rack, except for e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing

Note

The subframe is removed together with the suspension links.

Only Golf GTE


– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.

2. Subframe 21
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

For vehicles with natural gas engine


– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

22 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

2. Subframe 23
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Only Golf GTE


Unclip high-voltage cable from subframe.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Prise steering rack out of dowel sleeves of subframe.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

24 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe on engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A-.

– Secure steering rack to body.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2. Subframe 25
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.2.2 Removing and installing subframe


without steering rack, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing

Note

The subframe is removed together with the suspension links.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.

26 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

2. Subframe 27
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Prise steering rack out of dowel sleeves of subframe.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

28 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe on engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A-.

– Secure steering rack to body.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2. Subframe 29
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;
Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.3 Removing and installing subframe with


steering rack
⇒ a2.3.1 nd installing subframe with steering rack, LHD vehi‐
cles, except for e-Golf”, page 30
⇒ a2.3.2 nd installing subframe with steering rack, LHD vehi‐
cles, e-Golf”, page 39
⇒ a2.3.3 nd installing subframe with steering rack, RHD vehi‐
cles, except for e-Golf”, page 46
⇒ a2.3.4 nd installing subframe with steering rack, RHD vehi‐
cles, e-Golf”, page 54

2.3.1 Removing and installing subframe with


steering rack, LHD vehicles, except for
e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-

30 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Only Golf GTE
– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -1-, and fold footwell trim -2- in
-direction of arrow- towards vehicle interior.

– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

2. Subframe 31
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
For vehicles with natural gas engine
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

32 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.

2. Subframe 33
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

Continued for all vehicles


– Disconnect electrical connector -1- for oil level and oil tem‐
perature sender -G266-.

34 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– If fitted, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant


circulation pump -V51-. Open locking mechanism -3- in
-direction of arrow-, and release connector.
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

Only Golf GTE


Unclip high-voltage cable from subframe.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.

2. Subframe 35
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove heat shield -1- from


steering rack.

Note

Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.


On some engines it is possible to access the connectors for the
steering rack without removing the heat shield.

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

36 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe to engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A- with the appropriate strap.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

2. Subframe 37
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491

38 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐


ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.3.2 Removing and installing subframe with


steering rack, LHD vehicles, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -1-, and fold footwell trim -2- in
-direction of arrow- towards vehicle interior.

2. Subframe 39
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

40 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

2. Subframe 41
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove bracket -1- from steer‐
ing rack.

42 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

2. Subframe 43
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe to engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A- with the appropriate strap.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

44 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491

2. Subframe 45
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;


Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.3.3 Removing and installing subframe with


steering rack, RHD vehicles, except for
e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.

46 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Only Golf GTE


– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐


move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.

2. Subframe 47
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
For vehicles with natural gas engine
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

48 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

2. Subframe 49
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Disconnect electrical connector -1- for oil level and oil tem‐
perature sender -G266-.

– If fitted, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant


circulation pump -V51-. Open locking mechanism -3- in
-direction of arrow-, and release connector.
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

Only Golf GTE


Unclip high-voltage cable from subframe.

50 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

2. Subframe 51
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe to engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A- with the appropriate strap.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

52 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491

2. Subframe 53
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐


ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.3.4 Removing and installing subframe with


steering rack, RHD vehicles, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

54 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐


move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

2. Subframe 55
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

56 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

Continued for all vehicles


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove bracket -1- from steer‐
ing rack.

2. Subframe 57
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

58 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Secure subframe to engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383
A- with the appropriate strap.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

2. Subframe 59
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491

60 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;


Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.4 Repairing subframe


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Safety gloves
♦ Safety helmet with visor
♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-

♦ Press tool -VW 412-

2. Subframe 61
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-

♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-

♦ Pressure gauge with connection line -VAS 6179/1-

♦ Assembly tool -VAS 6779- with support ring -VAS 6779/11-


or assembly tool -VAS 6779 A-

62 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Assembly tool -T10205-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-


Renewing bonded rubber bushes for pendulum support
– Remove front noise insulation (if present) ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly
overview – noise insulation.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on left and right. If
necessary, counterhold on stud with a multipoint bit.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right.
– Unscrew bolts for anti-roll bar -1-.

• Leave the anti-roll bar in its installation position in the vehi‐


cle.
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Removing and installing pendulum support.
Pressing out bonded rubber bush
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration:

2. Subframe 63
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Threaded spindle -VAS 6779/2-


2 - Hexagon nut -VAS 6779/3-
3 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
4 - Thrust piece -VAS 6779/5-
5 - Tube -VAS 6779/4- with small outside diameter facing sub‐
frame
6 - Place thrust piece for removal -VAS 6779/1- on bonded
rubber bush so that flattened side -arrow- faces in direction of
travel.
– Align tool precisely with bonded rubber bush to avoid tilting.
– Make sure that hexagon nut -VAS 6779/3- is seated correct‐
ly.

64 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– The guide of hexagon nut -VAS 6779/3- -U- must be seated


in thrust piece -T10205/13- -W-.
– Hexagon nut -VAS 6779/3- -U- must be screwed in flush on
thrust piece -T10205/13- -W-.
– Connect special tools as shown in illustration:

1- Hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-


2- Pressure gauge with connecting line -VAS 6179/1-
3- Foot pump -VAS 6179-
– Pull operating button at pressure relief valve of foot pump
-VAS 6179- to position -1-.

• The operating button must be in position -1-. This setting


corresponds to a maximum press-out pressure of 200 bar.

2. Subframe 65
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

In position -2- (700 bar), the nominal load of the spindle is


exceeded.

Caution

Risk of destroying components by setting excessive press-


out pressure.
• Never set press-out pressure higher than specified (po‐
sition 1 = 20 MPa).

DANGER!

Risk of personal injury or material damage due to broken


spindle or deformation of the assembly tool. Risk of flying
debris.
• Wear protective gloves.
• Wear safety helmet with visor.
• When operating the foot pump, be careful not to push
the toggle button to the lower position.

– Carefully operate foot pump -VAS 6179-, and observe pres‐


sure display of pressure gauge -VAS 6179/1- -item 1-.

– Make sure to always stay in the green display range. The


maximum permissible pressure of 200 bar must not be ex‐
ceeded.
– Press out both bonded rubber bushes until upper bonded
rubber bush -2- is visible in pendulum support opening
-arrow- in subframe.

66 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carry out visual check of outer ring of upper bonded rubber


bush -2-.
• If outer ring of upper bonded rubber bush -2- is deformed,
destroy it through opening of pendulum support -arrow- in
pendulum support.
– Using a chisel or similar -1-, create a break in the outer ring
of the upper bonded rubber bush -2-.
• This process is necessary to prevent the tilting of the outer
ring of the upper bonded rubber bush in the area of the
opening of the pendulum support in the subframe.
– Press out both bonded rubber bushes together.
If the press-out procedure does not succeed with the prescribed
press-out pressure, the repair setup must be verified.
Preparing bonded rubber bush for pressing in

– Place bonded rubber bushes -1, 2- together so that cut-outs


-arrows- line up precisely.
– Bolt bonded rubber bushes hand-tight together using original
bolt -3-.
– Make a chamfer at the red marking, as shown in illustration.
Dimension of phase approx. 1 mm.
– Insert bonded rubber bushes -1- into larger diameter of tube
-VAS 6779/6- -item 2- with bolt head pointing upwards.

2. Subframe 67
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Align bonded rubber bushes in tube -VAS 6779/6-.


• The cut-out in the bonded rubber bush must align exactly
with the recess -arrow- in the funnel -VAS 6779/6-.
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration:

1- Press tool -VW412-


2- Thrust piece -VAS 6779/5-, the side with the lettering “A”
must face upwards.
3- Bonded rubber bush
4- Funnel -VAS 6779/6-
5- Tube -VAS 6779/4-
6- Thrust plate -VW401-
– Press bonded rubber bush into funnel -VAS 6779/6- -item 4-
until it rests against thrust piece -VAS 6779/5- -item 2-.
– Deburr edge -1- at top of the opening for the pendulum sup‐
port in subframe -2- by dimension -a- using a file, as shown
in illustration.

68 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• Dimension -a- = 1 mm.


– Turn support ring -VAS 6779/11- -item 1- in direction of
-arrow- so that lug -left arrow- faces rearwards.

– Fit counter-hold tool -VAS 67797/7- -item 1- from the left in


direction of -arrow- on support ring -VAS 6779/11- -item 2-.

– Place insert -VAS 6779/7-1A- -item 1- in opening


-bottom arrow- for pendulum support in subframe. When do‐
ing this, push insert -item 1- all the way upwards and tighten
with bolt -top arrow-.

2. Subframe 69
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Make sure that insert -VAS 6779/7-1A- is correctly seated in


opening for pendulum support in subframe.
Pressing in bonded rubber bush
– Remove pendulum support bolt from bonded rubber bush.
– Screw threaded spindle -VAS 6779/2- -item 7- into counter-
hold tool -VAS 6779/7- -item 1-.
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration:

1- Counter-hold tool -VAS 6779/7-


2- Tube -VAS 6779/6-, -arrow mark- on tube must point to
centre of both bolts -arrow A-.
3- Thrust piece -VAS 6779/9-
4- Staggered ring -VAS 6779/8-; mark -III- on staggered ring
must point towards lug -arrow B- on thrust piece -VAS
6779/9-.
5- Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
6- Hexagon nut -VAS 6779/3-
7- Threaded spindle -VAS 6779/2-

70 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Connect special tools as shown in illustration:

1- Hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-


2- Pressure gauge with connecting line -VAS 6179/1-
3- Foot pump -VAS 6179-
– Pull operating button on pressure relief valve of foot pump
-VAS 6179- to stage -1-.

• The operating button must be in position -1-. This setting


corresponds to a maximum press-out pressure of 200 bar.
The rated load of the spindle will be exceeded in position -2-
(700 bar).

Caution

Risk of destroying components by setting excessive press-in


pressure.
• Never set press-in pressure higher than specified (posi‐
tion 1 = 20 MPa).

2. Subframe 71
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

DANGER!

Risk of personal injury or material damage due to broken


spindle or deformation of the assembly tool. Risk of flying
debris.
• Wear protective gloves.
• Wear safety helmet with visor.
• When operating the foot pump, be careful not to push
the toggle button to the lower position.

– Carefully operate foot pump -VAS 6179-, and observe pres‐


sure display of pressure gauge -VAS 6179/1- -item 1-.

– Keep within the green display area. The maximum permissi‐


ble pressure of 200 bar must not be exceeded.
– Press in both bonded rubber bushes together.
• To prevent any damage to the outer ring of the bonded
rubber bush, make sure that the bonded rubber bush does
not tilt when starting the press-in procedure.
• If necessary, release pressure via foot pump -VAS 6179-
and press again.

Caution

Risk of destroying components by setting excessive press-in


pressure.
• Never select the increased pressure mode of the foot
pump.

• If the press-in procedure does not succeed with the prescri‐


bed press-in pressure, the repair setup must be verified.
– Remove special tools from subframe, and make sure that
the pressed-in bonded rubber bushes are properly seated.
Continue installation in reverse order of removal.
– Bolt anti-roll bar to subframe and coupling rods.

72 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐


ings; Removing and installing pendulum support.
– Install front noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ Bolts for pendulum support, except for e-Golf ⇒ Rep. gr. 10;
Assembly mountings; Assembly overview - assembly mount‐
ings
♦ Bolts for pendulum support, e-Golf ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 93; Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric
drive motor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

2.5 Removing and installing anti-roll bar


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– If fitted, remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly over‐
view - noise insulation.
Vehicles with natural gas engines
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

2. Subframe 73
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with exhaust system


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

74 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
– Unscrew nut -1-.

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

2. Subframe 75
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove front left vehicle level sender -G78- -2- and/or front
right vehicle level sender -G289-, as applicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for anti-roll bar.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for steering rack.

76 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Prise steering rack out of dowel sleeves of subframe.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

– Lower subframe using engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A- until anti-roll bar can be removed to rear.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

2. Subframe 77
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ Bolts for pendulum support, except for e-Golf ⇒ Rep. gr. 10;
Assembly mountings; Assembly overview - assembly mount‐
ings
♦ Bolts for pendulum support, e-Golf ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 93; Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric
drive motor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.6 Removing and installing coupling rod


Special tools and workshop equipment required

78 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Unscrew nut -arrow- and pull coupling rod -1- off suspension
strut.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
• Tighten nuts of coupling rod on suspension strut/anti-roll bar,
if necessary, counterhold at multi-point socket head.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19

2. Subframe 79
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2.7 Repairing thread in longitudinal mem‐


ber
Repairing the thread in welded nuts in the longitudinal member
is possible under certain conditions; Body repair ⇒ Body Re‐
pairs; Rep. gr. 50.

2.8 Fixing subframe in position

Note

♦ Certain repairs on vehicles require the removal of the sub‐


frame or the entire front axle.
♦ The original position of the subframe relative to the body can
be retained with the aid of qty. 4 locating pins -T10486/1-.
♦ Qty. 2 locating pins -T10486/1- are a part of locating device
-T10486-. When locating device -T10486- is already being
employed, then only the addition of qty. 2 locating pins
-T10486/1- are required.
♦ If the locating device -T10486- is not being employed, then
use locating device -T10486 A-. This contains qty. 4 locating
pins -T10486/1- and qty. 2 locating pins -T10486/2-. The
locating pins -T10486/2- are not required for the following
process.

80 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Qty. 4 locating pins -T10486/1-


♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- with gearbox sup‐
port -V.A.G 1359/2-.
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
Only Golf GTE
– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– If fitted, remove front and rear noise insulation ⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assem‐
bly overview - noise insulation.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support from gearbox.

2. Subframe 81
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


subframe

– If necessary, clean thread of locating pins -T10486/1-.


• To fix position of subframe, locating pins -T10486/1- must be
screwed one after the other into positions -3-, -5-, -7- and
-8-.

Note

The locating pins -T10486/1- must NOT be tightened to more


than 20 Nm, otherwise the threads of the locating pin will be
damaged.

Fixing position of subframe at rear


– Unscrew bolts -1-.

82 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -3- and remove support -4-.


– Insert locating pins -T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.

– Unscrew bolt -5- and remove support -6-.


– Insert locating pins -T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
Fixing position of subframe at front
– Unscrew bolt -8-.

2. Subframe 83
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert locating pins -T10486/1- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.

– Unscrew bolt -7-.

– Insert locating pins -T10486/1- and tighten to 20 Nm.


• The fixing of the subframe is completed when all the above
mentioned bolts have been replaced consecutively with the
locating pins -T10486/1-.
• The position of the subframe is now fixed.
Remove locating pins -T10486/1-
Remove in reverse order, observing the following:
– Always only unscrew one locating pin at a time and replace
it with a new bolt.
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19

84 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support, except for e-Golf ⇒ Rep. gr. 10;
Assembly mountings; Assembly overview - assembly mount‐
ings
♦ Bolts for pendulum support, e-Golf ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 93; Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric
drive motor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.9 Lowering subframe


⇒ s2.9.1 ubframe, except for e-Golf”, page 85
⇒ s2.9.2 ubframe, e-Golf”, page 90

2.9.1 Lowering subframe, except for e-Golf


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.

2. Subframe 85
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Only Golf GTE


– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
For LHD vehicles only

– Unscrew bolt -1- and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of


arrow towards vehicle interior.
For RHD vehicles only

– Unscrew bolt -1-.


– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐
move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

86 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐


terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
For vehicles with natural gas engine
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

2. Subframe 87
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

88 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.

Note

Be sure to observe the electrical wiring of the steering and the


wiring of oil level and oil temperature senders -G266- to avoid
overstretching them.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

2. Subframe 89
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Remove locating pins -T10486/1-.


– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2.9.2 Lowering subframe, e-Golf


Special tools and workshop equipment required

90 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
For LHD vehicles only

– Unscrew bolt -1- and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of


arrow towards vehicle interior.

2. Subframe 91
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

For RHD vehicles only

– Unscrew bolt -1-.


– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐
move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐


terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove bracket -1- from steer‐
ing rack.

92 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

2. Subframe 93
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.

Note

Be sure to observe the electrical wiring of the steering and the


wiring of oil level and oil temperature senders -G266- to avoid
overstretching them.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

94 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Remove locating pins -T10486/1-.


– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;
Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

2. Subframe 95
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3 Suspension strut, upper suspension


link
⇒ o3.1 verview - suspension strut, upper suspension link”, page
96
⇒ a3.2 nd installing suspension strut”, page 97
⇒ s3.3 uspension strut”, page 108

3.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, upper suspension link

96 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Spring seat
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
2 - Shock absorbers
❑ Different versions avail‐
able ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tip of bolt must point in
direction of travel.
❑ 70 Nm +180°
4 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Different versions avail‐
able ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
5 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
6 - Protective sleeve
❑ Different versions avail‐
able ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
7 - Coil spring
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 108
❑ Surface of spring coil
must not be damaged.
❑ Different versions avail‐
able ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Deep groove ball thrust
bearing
9 - Buffer stop
❑ Different versions available ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
10 - Suspension strut mounting
❑ Note installation position ⇒ page 105 .
11 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 60 Nm
12 - Body - front
13 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 15 Nm +90°
14 - Cover

3.2 Removing and installing suspension strut

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 97


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-


♦ Spreader -3424-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Support -T10149-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ejector -T10520-

98 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Removing
– Loosen drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew nut -arrow- and pull coupling rod -1- off suspension
strut.

– Detach wire for ABS speed sensor from suspension strut.


Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 99


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull wheel bearing housing with swivel joint out of suspen‐


sion link.
– Pull outer joint of drive shaft out of wheel hub.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

100 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Secure drive shaft to body with wire.

Caution

Do not allow the drive shaft to hang down under its own
weight, for this would allow the inner joint to bend too far and
be damaged.

Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC


– Disconnect connector -1- on shock absorber -2-.

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 101


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow com‐


pressed air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the
connector.

Continued for all vehicles


– Insert a screwdriver -1- into brake disc between brake cali‐
per and brake carrier.

– Secure engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- with sup‐


port -T10149- -2- to wheel hub using a wheel bolt.

WARNING

♦ Do not raise or lower the vehicle while the engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- is positioned under the
vehicle. The vehicle could slip off the lifting platform.
♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
under vehicle longer than necessary.

– Separate threaded connection between wheel bearing hous‐


ing and suspension strut -arrow-.

102 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert spreader -3424- in slot in wheel bearing housing.

Note

Make sure that the spreader -3424- is only inserted into the
wheel bearing housing. Insert sufficiently to ensure that the met‐
al tab of the suspension strut is not damaged.

– Turn ratchet handle through 90° and detach from spreader


-3424-.
– Press brake disc towards suspension strut by hand.
Otherwise the shock absorber tube can tilt in the bore of the
wheel bearing housing.
– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- in -direction of arrow- using
engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-.

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 103


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- until shock absorber is


hanging free -arrow-.
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link again and tighten wheel
bearing housing to subframe.
– Pull engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- out from under
support -T10149-.

WARNING

♦ Do not leave engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-


under vehicle longer than necessary.

– Pull seal off entire length of plenum chamber cover.


– Detach clips.
– Lift plenum chamber cover -1- not more than 60 mm.

a - 60 mm
– Unscrew bolts -1- for upper shock absorber mounting and
remove suspension strut.

104 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installing
– Position suspension strut so that the arrows -1- are always
on the inner side.

– One of the two arrows -1- on the spring plate -2- must point
in direction of travel.
– Insert suspension strut and bolt bolts -1- to body.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- under sup‐


port -T10149- and secure wheel bearing housing.

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 105


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Untie wheel bearing housing from subframe.


– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull wheel bearing housing with swivel joint out of suspen‐


sion link.
– Lower wheel bearing housing -1- in -direction of arrow- using
engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-.

106 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press wheel bearing housing upwards using engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-, guide into suspension strut
in the process.
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link again and continue to
press wheel bearing housing upwards until final position is
reached on suspension strut.
– Remove spreader -3424-.

– Insert new bolts, tip of bolt must point in direction of travel.

– Attach wheel bearing housing to suspension strut using new


nut -arrow-.
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 107


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview - suspension strut, upper suspension link”,
page 96
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

3.3 Repairing suspension strut


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Shock absorber tool set -T10001-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

108 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Ring spanner insert -V.A.G 1332/7-

♦ Suspension strut clamp -V.A.G 1752-

♦ Ratchet, commercial type


– Remove coil spring strut ⇒ page 99 .
Removing spring
– Clamp suspension strut support clamp -V.A.G 1752/20- -4-
in a vice.

– Clamp suspension strut in suspension strut support clamp


-V.A.G 1752/20- -4-.
– Pre-tension coil spring with spring compressor -V.A.G
1752/1- until deep groove ball thrust bearing is free at top.
1- Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 109


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2- Socket -T10001/8-
3- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Strut support clamp -V.A.G 1752/20-
5- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/4-
6- Socket -T10001/5-
7- Ratchet wrench -T10001/11-

WARNING

First compress spring far enough to ensure that upper spring


plate is free.

– Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainer


-V.A.G 1752/4- -arrow-.

Installing spring

– Insert spring seat -1- into shock absorber -2-.


– Fit coil spring -3- with spring compressor -V.A.G 1752/1-
onto lower spring seat.
The end of the coil spring must lie against the stop -arrow-.
– Assemble all other parts and use new nut on piston rod.

110 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Noise can ensue if the suspension strut mounting is not as‐


sembled correctly in relation to the deep groove ball thrust
bearing.
♦ Observe installation position of suspension strut mount‐
ing in relation to deep groove ball thrust bearing when
assembling.

– Align suspension strut mounting -1- with deep groove ball


thrust bearing -2-.

• Lug of suspension strut mounting -1- must be located in


recess -arrow A- of deep groove ball thrust bearing -2-.
• Edge of suspension strut mounting -1- must be folded over
collar of deep groove ball thrust bearing -2- -arrows B- all
around.
– Tighten nut on piston rod.
– Relieve tension on spring compressor -V.A.G 1752/1- and
remove from coil spring.
– Remove suspension strut from suspension strut support
clamp -V.A.G 1752/20-.
– Install suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview - suspension strut, upper suspension link”,
page 96

3. Suspension strut, upper suspension link 111


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4 Lower suspension link, swivel joint


⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page 112
⇒ a4.2 nd installing lower suspension link”, page 113
⇒ s4.3 wivel joint”, page 127
⇒ a4.4 nd installing swivel joint”, page 128
⇒ b4.5 onded rubber bush for lower suspension link”, page 133

4.1 Assembly overview - lower suspension link, swivel joint

1 - Wheel bearing housing


❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 141
2 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 60 Nm
3 - Swivel joint
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 128
4 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 40 Nm +45°
5 - Lower suspension link
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 113
6 - Front bonded rubber bush
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 133
7 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tighten in unladen po‐
sition ⇒ s2.8 uspen‐
sion to unladen posi‐
tion (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
8 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
9 - Bonded rubber bushes, rear
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 137
10 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
11 - Subframe

112 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4.2 Removing and installing lower suspen‐


sion link
⇒ a4.2.1 nd installing lower suspension link, vehicles with man‐
ual gearbox, dual clutch gearbox 0CW, e-Golf”, page 113
⇒ a4.2.2 nd installing lower suspension link, vehicle with dual
clutch gearbox 0D9, 0GC, except Golf GTE”, page 116
⇒ a4.2.3 nd installing lower suspension link, Golf GTE”, page
121

4.2.1 Removing and installing lower suspen‐


sion link, vehicles with manual gear‐
box, dual clutch gearbox 0CW, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– If fitted, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Release rear section of wheel housing liner and fold it for‐
wards.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 113


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint and turn wheel bear‐
ing housing outwards to relieve suspension link.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-. Counterhold at rear bolt on nut at
top while doing so.

– Swivel suspension link -1- to rear and pull out of subframe in


-direction of arrow-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert rear suspension link -1- into subframe in
-direction of arrow- and swivel forwards.

114 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

The new rear bolt must be secured with a new nut.

– Tighten bolts -arrows-. Counterhold at rear bolt on nut at top


while doing so.

Note

♦ Use new bolts and nut!


♦ Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6

Continue installation in reverse order of removal. When doing


this, observe the following:

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 115


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

4.2.2 Removing and installing lower suspen‐


sion link, vehicle with dual clutch gear‐
box 0D9, 0GC, except Golf GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine support -T10533-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Release rear section of wheel housing liner and fold it for‐
wards.

116 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles

– Remove nuts -arrows-


– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint and turn wheel bear‐
ing housing outwards to relieve suspension link.
– Remove pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Removing and installing pendulum support.
– Loosen double clamp of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
Lower left suspension link, vehicles with four-wheel drive:
– Disconnect propshaft from gearbox and secure ⇒ Rep.
gr. 39; Propshaft; Assembly overview - propshaft.
Lower left suspension link:

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 117


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.


– Screw engine support -T10533- completely together to make
it as short as possible.
– Bolt engine support -T10533- -2- onto gearbox with the
thicker bracket -arrow-. Use the shorter pendulum support
securing bolt -1-.

– Press engine and gearbox far enough forward so that threa‐


ded rod -T10533/5- -3- can be inserted in pendulum support
mounting.
– Extend engine support -T10533- until distance -a- between
suspension link bolt -1- and gearbox is attained.

a = 85 mm

Note

If there is not enough space between gearbox and fan shroud,


remove fan shroud ⇒ Rep. gr. 19; Radiator/radiator fan; Remov‐
ing and installing fan shroud.

118 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles:

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-. Counterhold at rear bolt on nut at


top while doing so.
– Swivel suspension link -1- to rear and pull out of subframe in
-direction of arrow-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. When doing this, observe the
following:
– Insert rear suspension link -1- into subframe in
-direction of arrow- and swivel forwards.

– Tighten bolts -arrows-. Counterhold at rear bolt on nut at top


while doing so.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 119


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Use new bolts and nut!


♦ Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen state ⇒ s2.8 us‐
pension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”,
page 6 .

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– Remove engine support -T10533-.


– Bolt on double clamp for exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26;
Exhaust pipes, silencers; Separating exhaust pipes and si‐
lencers.
– Install pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Removing and installing pendulum support.
– Attach exhaust system bracket to subframe -arrows-.

Continue installation in reverse order of removal. When doing


this, observe the following:

120 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Propshaft ⇒ Rep. gr. 39; Propshaft; Assembly overview -
propshaft.

4.2.3 Removing and installing lower suspen‐


sion link, Golf GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 121


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery
♦ Switch on ignition
♦ Turn steering mechanism
♦ Turn steering column
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove noise insulation at rear from subframe ⇒ General
body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assem‐
bly overview - noise insulation.
– If fitted, remove centre underbody cladding ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cladding; Remov‐
ing and installing underbody cladding.
– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Remove bolts -1- for pendulum support.

122 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove hexagon nut -1- from coupling rod -3- (left and right
sides).

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Release rear section of wheel housing liner and fold it for‐
wards.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove nuts -arrows-

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 123


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint and turn wheel bear‐
ing housing outwards to relieve suspension link.
– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.
10 cm.
– Remove bolts -arrows-.

– Swivel suspension link -1- to rear and pull out of subframe in


-direction of arrow-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. When doing this, observe the
following:
– Renew seal -1-.

124 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Ensure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must be sealed
correctly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or
noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Insert rear suspension link -1- into subframe in


-direction of arrow- and swivel forwards.

– Tighten bolts -arrows-.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 125


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Tighten nuts and bolts -arrows- in unladen state ⇒ s2.8 uspen‐


sion to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6 .

– Bolt subframe to body.


– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

– Attach exhaust system bracket to subframe -arrows-.

Continue installation in reverse order of removal. When doing


this, observe the following:

126 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for underbody cladding in centre ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cladding; Overview of
fitting locations - underbody cladding
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.

4.3 Checking swivel joint


Checking axial play

– Firmly pull suspension link down in -direction of arrow- and


press up again.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 127


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Checking radial play

– Press lower part of wheel forcefully inwards and outwards in


-direction of arrow-.

Note

♦ There should be no palpable or visible “play” during both


tests.
♦ Observe swivel joint while performing tests.
♦ Take into account possible existing wheel bearing play or
“play” in upper suspension strut mounting.
♦ Check rubber boot for damage and renew swivel joint if nec‐
essary.

4.4 Removing and installing swivel joint

128 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -3287 A-


♦ Torque angle wrench -V.A.G 1756-
♦ Ring spanner insert -V.A.G 1332/10-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Removing
– Loosen drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 186 .

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 129


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull drive shaft slightly out of wheel hub.

130 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by


hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 131


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Bend suspension link downwards as far as necessary.
– Loosen nut from suspension link -2- but do not remove com‐
pletely.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

– Press swivel joint off wheel bearing housing using ball joint
puller -3287 A- -1-.
– Unscrew nut, and remove swivel joint -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Fit swivel joint in wheel bearing housing.
– Fit drive shaft in wheel hub.
– Screw on new self-locking nut and counterhold with Torx key
-T40-.
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

132 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– Install wheel and tighten.


– Tighten drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 186 .

Note

During this step, vehicle must not be standing on its wheels or


wheel bearing will be damaged.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

4.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for low‐


er suspension link
⇒ f4.5.1 ront bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link”,
page 133
⇒ r4.5.2 ear bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link”,
page 137

4.5.1 Renewing front bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 133


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool -T10219-


♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-
♦ Press tool -VW 411-

♦ Press tool -VW 412-

– Remove lower suspension link ⇒ page 113 .

134 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Pressing out bonded rubber bush


– Press out bonded rubber bush as illustrated.

1- Press tool -VW 411-


2- Tube -T10219/1- (the cut-out must face the suspension
link)
3- Thrust plate -VW 402-
Pressing in bonded rubber bush
– Align bonded rubber bushes -1- to suspension link -2-.

The grooves -3- must face towards suspension link -2- as


shown in illustration.
– Moisten outer surface of bonded rubber bush with assembly
oil -G 294 421 A1-.
– Press in bonded rubber bush as illustrated.

1- Pin -T10219/2-
2- Bonded rubber bush

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 135


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3- Tube -T10219/1- (the cut-out must face the suspension


link)
4- Thrust plate -VW 402-

Note

At start of pressing-in process, bonded rubber bush is tempora‐


rily slanted. During further procedure, it then straightens. It does
not have to be pushed further.

– Press in bonded rubber bush until core of bush -1- and hole
in suspension link -2- are flush.

– Press bush back slightly in the suspension link.

1- Press tool -VW 412-


2- Tube -T10219/1-
3- Thrust plate -VW 402-
The dimensions -a- and -b- must be the same.

136 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install lower suspension link ⇒ page 113 .

4.5.2 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush for lower suspension link

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Wheel bearing tube -3345-


♦ Assembly tool -3348-
♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-
♦ Press tool -VW 411-
♦ Press tool -VW 412-
♦ Removing and installing tool -VW 459-
– Remove lower suspension link.
♦ Vehicles with manual gearbox or dual clutch gearbox 0CW ⇒
page 113
♦ Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox 0D9 ⇒ page 116

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 137


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Pressing out bonded rubber bush

– Press out bonded rubber bush as illustrated.


1- Press tool -VW 411-
2- Assembly tool -3348-
3- Suspension link
4- Wheel bearing tube -3345-
5- Thrust plate -VW 401-
Installation position of bonded rubber bush

• The embossed arrow points between the two markings


-arrows A- in the transverse link.
• The cam -arrow B- must always point to outside of vehicle.
Open kidney faces to centre of vehicle.

138 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Pressing in bonded rubber bush

– Press in bonded rubber bush as illustrated.


1- Press tool -VW 412-
2- Sleeve -VW 459/2-, inner shoulder of sleeve -arrow- faces
downwards
3- Suspension link
4- Wheel bearing tube -3345-
5- Thrust plate -VW 401-

Note

Press in the bonded rubber bush until sleeve -VW 459/2- is


resting against suspension link.

Greasing bonded rubber bush:

The kidney-shaped area -1- of the bonded rubber bush must be


greased.
– Grease must be applied to bean-shaped area -1- from
above.
– Use grease -G 052 150 A2-
– The total quantity of grease required for both sides is, as
shown, about 1 cm -dimension a-.

4. Lower suspension link, swivel joint 139


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• Half of the quantity of grease (about 0.5 cm) must be applied


to each kidney-shaped area.
– The grease must be applied to the top using a commercially
available brush.
– No grease may be applied to the area contacting the sus‐
pension link.
– Install lower suspension link ⇒ page 113 .
♦ Vehicles with manual gearbox or dual clutch gearbox 0CW ⇒
page 114
♦ Vehicles with dual clutch gearbox 0D9 ⇒ page 119

140 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

5 Wheel bearing
⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
⇒ a5.2 nd installing wheel bearing housing”, page 141
⇒ a5.3 nd installing wheel bearing unit”, page 148

5.1 Assembly overview – wheel bearing assembly

1 - Cover plate
2 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
3 - Wheel bearing unit
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 148
❑ Cannot be repaired
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 186
❑ 200 Nm +180°
5 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Different versions. For
allocation see ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 141
6 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
7 - Drive shaft
❑ Do not let drive shaft
hang down under its
own weight when per‐
forming repair work,
as otherwise excessive
bending could damage
inner CV joint
❑ Before fitting the outer
joint in the wheel hub,
apply a thin coat of assembly paste to the splines on the outer joint ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue
“ETKA”.

5.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing housing

5. Wheel bearing 141


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -3287A-


♦ Spreader -3424-
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Torque angle wrench -V.A.G 1756-

142 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Detach brake caliper and tie to body with wire ⇒ Brake sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 46; Front brakes; Assembly overview - front
brakes.
– Remove ABS speed sensor ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 45;
Sensors; Removing and installing speed sensor on front
axle-G45-/-G47-.
– Remove brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Front
brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes
– Detach bracket for brake line and electrical wiring from
wheel bearing housing and move clear.
– Remove splash plate -1- from wheel bearing housing
-arrows-.

5. Wheel bearing 143


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Press track rod off wheel bearing housing using ball joint
puller -T10187- -1-.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

– Unscrew nut, and remove track rod upwards from wheel


bearing housing.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Unscrew nut -1-.

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.

144 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Pull outer joint of drive shaft out of wheel hub.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

5. Wheel bearing 145


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Secure drive shaft to body with wire.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- under
wheel bearing housing.
– Remove threaded connection between wheel bearing hous‐
ing and suspension strut -arrow-.

– Insert spreader -3424- in slot in wheel bearing housing.

146 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Make sure that the spreader -3424- is only inserted into the
wheel bearing housing. Insert sufficiently to ensure that the met‐
al tab of the suspension strut is not damaged.

– Turn ratchet handle through 90° and detach from spreader


-3424-.
– Pull wheel bearing housing from suspension strut.

Note

If wheel bearing housing is renewed, swivel joint must be trans‐


ferred. Always use new nuts.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview - suspension strut, upper suspension link”,
page 96
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

5. Wheel bearing 147


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Speed sensor bolt ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 45; Sensors;


Assembly overview - speed sensor on front axle
♦ Bolts for splash plate, brake caliper, brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Front brakes; Assembly overview - front
brakes

5.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing


unit
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Detach brake caliper and tie to body with wire ⇒ Brake sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 46; Front brakes; Assembly overview - front
brakes.
– Remove brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Front
brakes; Assembly overview - front brakes

148 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.


– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Pull outer joint of drive shaft out of wheel hub.
– Secure drive shaft to body with wire.
– Bolt swivel joint to suspension link -arrows- again.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

5. Wheel bearing 149


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Take wheel bearing unit out of wheel bearing housing.

Caution

• Prevent damage to seal through soiling or when mount‐


ing, storing or placing on a surface.

• When placing wheel bearing unit down, wheel bearing -1-


must always face upwards.

• Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a


surface.
• When picking wheel bearing up, never grasp inner side.

150 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• Grip outside of wheel bearing only.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 141
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419

5. Wheel bearing 151


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;


Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Brake disc bolt ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Front brakes;
Assembly overview - front brakes

152 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

6 Drive shaft
⇒ -6.1 drive shaft”, page 153
⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
⇒ a6.3 nd installing drive shaft”, page 160
⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”, page
186
⇒ a6.5 nd installing drive shaft heat shield”, page 187
⇒ a6.6 nd assembling drive shaft”, page 188
⇒ o6.7 uter constant velocity joint”, page 206
⇒ i6.8 nner constant velocity joint”, page 207

6.1 Overview - drive shaft

I - ⇒ o6.2.1 verview - drive


shaft, constant velocity joint
VL100”, page 154
II - ⇒ o6.2.2 verview - drive
shaft, constant velocity joint
VL107”, page 156
III - ⇒ o6.2.3 verview -
drive shaft, triple roller joint
AAR3300i”, page 158

Distinguishing between drive shafts when installed


VL100 VL107 AAR3300i inser‐ AAR3300i bol‐
ted ted
Diameter of inner joint in mm 100 107 - -

6. Drive shaft 153


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

VL100 VL107 AAR3300i inser‐ AAR3300i bol‐


ted ted
Cover between inner joint and - X - -
drive flange
Inner joint pushed into gearbox - - X -
(only automatic gearbox)

6.2 Assembly overview – drive shaft


⇒ o6.2.1 verview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100”,
page 154
⇒ o6.2.2 verview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL107”,
page 156
⇒ o6.2.3 verview - drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i”, page
158

6.2.1 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100

154 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Outer constant velocity


joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 191
❑ Installing: drive onto
shaft to stop using plas‐
tic hammer
❑ Checking ⇒ page 206
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 186
❑ 200 Nm +180°
3 - Right drive shaft
4 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 194
5 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 193
7 - Dished spring
❑ Installation position ⇒
page 191
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
8 - Thrust washer
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 191
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
9 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
10 - Boot for constant velocity joint
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
❑ Without breather hole
❑ Check for splits and chafing
❑ Drive off constant velocity joint with a drift
❑ Coat sealing surface of constant velocity joint with -D 454 300 A2- before installing.
11 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 193
12 - Left drive shaft
13 - Locking plate
14 - Multi-point socket head bolt

6. Drive shaft 155


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021
❑ M8 × 48
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Pre-tighten diagonally to 10 Nm and then tighten diagonally to specified torque
❑ 40 Nm
15 - Retaining ring
❑ Remove and install with circlip pliers -VW 161 A-.
16 - Seal
❑ Adhesive surface on constant velocity joint must be free of oil and grease!
17 - Inner constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as complete unit
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 192
❑ Pressing on ⇒ page 193
❑ Checking ⇒ page 207
18 - Dished spring
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 192

6.2.2 Assembly overview - drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL107

156 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 186
❑ Before securing, clean
the threads in the CV
joint using a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +180°
2 - Outer constant velocity
joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 196
❑ Installing: drive onto
shaft to stop using plas‐
tic hammer
❑ Checking ⇒ page 206
3 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
4 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 199
5 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 199
7 - Drive shaft
8 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 199
9 - Boot for constant velocity joint
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
❑ Without breather hole
❑ Check for splits and chafing
❑ Drive off constant velocity joint with a drift
❑ Coat sealing surface of constant velocity joint with -D 454 300 A2- before installing.
10 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 199
11 - Locking plate
12 - Cap
❑ Drive off carefully with drift
❑ Coat sealing surface of constant velocity joint with -D 454 300 A2- before installing.
❑ Adhesive surface must be free of oil and grease!

6. Drive shaft 157


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

13 - Inner constant velocity joint


❑ Renew only as complete unit
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 197
❑ Pressing on ⇒ page 198
❑ Checking ⇒ page 207
14 - Retaining ring
❑ Remove and install with snap ring pliers -VW 161 A-.
15 - Cover
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always renew
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 197
16 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ M10 × 52
❑ Pre-tighten diagonally to 10 Nm and then tighten diagonally to specified torque
❑ 70 Nm

6.2.3 Assembly overview - drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i

158 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 186
❑ Before securing, clean
the threads in the CV
joint using a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +180°
2 - Outer constant velocity
joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 202
❑ Installing: drive onto
shaft with plastic ham‐
mer until compressed
retaining ring seats
❑ Checking ⇒ page 206
3 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
4 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 205
5 - Boot for constant velocity
joint
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 206
7 - Drive shaft
8 - Triple roller spider with rollers
The chamfer -arrow- points towards drive shaft splines.
❑ Removing ⇒ page 203
9 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
10 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 206
11 - Boot for triple roller joint
❑ Check for splits and chafing
12 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 205
13 - Adapter

6. Drive shaft 159


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

14 - Joint body
❑ Removing ⇒ page 203
15 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ M10 × 23
❑ Pre-tighten diagonally to 10 Nm and then tighten diagonally to specified torque
❑ 70 Nm
16 - Joint body
❑ Removing ⇒ page 203
17 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft

6.3 Removing and installing drive shaft


⇒ a6.3.1 nd installing drive shaft, left drive shaft, constant veloc‐
ity joints VL100 and VL107, except for e-Golf”, page 160
⇒ a6.3.2 nd installing drive shaft, right drive shaft, constant
velocity joints VL100 and VL107, except for e-Golf”, page 165
⇒ a6.3.3 nd installing drive shaft, left drive shaft, constant veloc‐
ity joints VL100 and VL107, e-Golf”, page 169
⇒ a6.3.4 nd installing drive shaft, right drive shaft, constant
velocity joints VL100 and VL107, e-Golf”, page 173
⇒ a6.3.5 nd installing drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i
inserted”, page 176
⇒ a6.3.6 nd installing drive shafts, triple roller joint AAR3300i
bolted”, page 181

6.3.1 Removing and installing drive shaft,


left drive shaft, constant velocity joints
VL100 and VL107, except for e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

160 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– If fitted, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

6. Drive shaft 161


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.


Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- on swivel joint.

– Detach suspension link from swivel joint.


– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft -arrows-.

162 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn wheel bearing housing to left.


– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

6. Drive shaft 163


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Remove drive shaft.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186

164 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419


♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6.3.2 Removing and installing drive shaft,


right drive shaft, constant velocity joints
VL100 and VL107, except for e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

6. Drive shaft 165


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.


Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.

166 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– If fitted, remove bolts -1- and detach heat shield -2-.

– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange.


– Unscrew nuts -arrows- on swivel joint.

– Detach suspension link from swivel joint.


– Swivel suspension strut outwards and at the same time
press drive shaft out of wheel bearing unit.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

6. Drive shaft 167


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

168 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Remove drive shaft.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6.3.3 Removing and installing drive shaft,


left drive shaft, constant velocity joints
VL100 and VL107, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required

6. Drive shaft 169


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

170 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– If fitted, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft -arrows-.

– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.


If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

6. Drive shaft 171


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Remove drive shaft -1- from wheel bearing, and swing it


upwards in -direction of arrow-.

– Remove drive shaft -1- downwards.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

172 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

6.3.4 Removing and installing drive shaft,


right drive shaft, constant velocity joints
VL100 and VL107, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

6. Drive shaft 173


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– If fitted, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft -arrows-.

– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.


If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

174 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Remove drive shaft -1- from wheel bearing, and swing it


upwards in -direction of arrow-.

– Remove drive shaft -1- downwards.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

6. Drive shaft 175


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6.3.5 Removing and installing drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i inserted

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Aluminium wedge -T10161-


♦ Ejector -T10520-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

176 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– If fitted, remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.


Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Unscrew nut -1-.

6. Drive shaft 177


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull wheel bearing housing with swivel joint out of suspen‐


sion link.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub and tie up to body.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

178 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Insert wedge -T10161- -1- between gearbox housing and


triple roller joint.

– Press inner joint out of gearbox with a blow to wedge


-T10161- using a rubber hammer.

6. Drive shaft 179


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove drive shaft.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Fit new retaining ring into groove of joint pin.
– Mesh outer and inner splines of joint body and gearbox.
– Slide drive shaft into joint body to stop by hand.
– Push joint body into gearbox with a »forceful jolt«.
The joint travel can be used for the »sudden push«. Do not,
however, pull the drive shaft too far out of the joint body.

Caution

Never use a hammer or other driving tools.

– Check that the drive shaft is securely seated in the gearbox


by pulling the joint body against the resistance of retaining
ring.

Caution

For this check, pull only on joint body and not on drive shaft.

– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines as far as possible.


– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐
or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

180 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6.3.6 Removing and installing drive shafts,


triple roller joint AAR3300i bolted
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

6. Drive shaft 181


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Remove bolt for drive shaft ⇒ page 186 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– If fitted, remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly over‐
view - noise insulation.
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3-.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2-.

182 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew nut -1-.


– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unbolt drive shaft from gearbox flange shaft.
– Remove nuts -arrows-

– Pull wheel bearing housing with swivel joint out of suspen‐


sion link.
– Pull drive shaft out of wheel hub.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

6. Drive shaft 183


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

184 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

Remove any paint residues and/or corrosion on thread and


splines of outer joint.

– Insert drive shaft.


– Guide outer joint into wheel hub splines as far as possible.
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Fit inner joint of drive shaft in position and pre-tighten bolts


in diagonal sequence to 10 Nm.
– Tighten multi-point socket-head bolts diagonally to the speci‐
fied torque.

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐
or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6. Drive shaft 185


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Tighten drive shaft bolt at wheel hub ⇒ page 186 .


Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.2 verview – drive shaft”, page 154
♦ ⇒ a6.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 186
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

6.4 Loosening and tightening threaded


connections of drive shaft
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Socket, 24 mm -T10361A-

♦ Torque angle wrench -V.A.G 1756 A-

186 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

Loosening twelve-point head bolt


– To avoid damage to wheel bearing, do not loosen twelve-
point bolt using 24 mm socket -T10361A- further than 90°
with vehicle still standing on its wheels.
– Raise vehicle so that wheels are off the ground.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.
– Remove twelve-point head bolt -arrow-.

Tightening twelve-point bolt


– Renew twelve-point bolt for outer end of drive shaft.

Note

It must be ensured that the wheels do not yet touch the floor
when the drive shaft is being tightened. Otherwise the wheel
bearing may be damaged.

– Have second mechanic apply brakes.


– Tighten twelve-point bolt to 200 Nm.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
– Turn twelve-point head bolt 180° further.

6.5 Removing and installing drive shaft


heat shield
Front-wheel drive:

6. Drive shaft 187


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Component Specified torque


Bolts -1- 25 Nm
All-wheel drive:

Component Specified torque


Nuts -1- 20 Nm

6.6 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft


⇒ a6.6.1 nd assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint
VL100”, page 188
⇒ a6.6.2 nd assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint
VL107”, page 194
⇒ a6.6.3 nd assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i”,
page 200

6.6.1 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL100

188 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-
♦ Press tool -VW 408 A-
♦ Press tool -VW 411-
♦ Tube -VW 416 B-
♦ Thrust plate -VW 447 H-

6. Drive shaft 189


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Circlip pliers -VW 161 A-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Assembly tool -T10065-

♦ Multi-purpose tool -VW 771-

190 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Puller -T10382-

Removing outer constant velocity joint


– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Fold back boot.
– Set puller -T10382- up so that smooth side of puller plate
-T10382/1- points to spindles -T10382/2-.
– Assemble puller -T10382- complete with multi-purpose tool
-VW 771-.
– Pull constant velocity joint from drive shaft with puller -
T10382- and multi-purpose tool -VW 771-.

1- Puller plate -T10382/1-


2- Spindles -T10382/2-
Driving on outer constant velocity joint
Installation position of dished spring and thrust washer on outer
joint

6. Drive shaft 191


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Dished spring
2- Thrust washer
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring
engages.
Pressing off inner constant velocity joint

Installing
Installation position of dished spring at inner joint

1- Dished spring

192 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Pressing on inner constant velocity joint

Note

Chamfer on internal circumference of ball hub (splines) must


face contact shoulder on drive shaft.

Tighten clip on outer joint

– Position clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.


Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on
O-type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do
not cant pliers).

6. Drive shaft 193


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip,
it is only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner
-V.A.G 1682-.
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with setting range 5 … 50 Nm (e.g.
torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubri‐
cate with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the thread being dirty, for
example, the force required to tighten the clip will not be
attained in spite of correct specified torque.

Tightening clip on small diameter

6.6.2 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, constant velocity joint VL107

194 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-
♦ Press tool -VW 408 A-
♦ Support sleeve -VW 522-
♦ Clamp -40 - 204 A-
♦ Clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682-

6. Drive shaft 195


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Multi-purpose tool -VW 771-


♦ Puller -T10382-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
Removing outer constant velocity joint
– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Fold back boot.
– Set puller -T10382- up so that smooth side of puller plate
-T10382/1- points to spindles -T10382/2-.
– Assemble puller -T10382- complete with multi-purpose tool
-VW 771-.
– Pull constant velocity joint from drive shaft with puller -
T10382- and multi-purpose tool -VW 771-.

196 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Puller plate -T10382/1-


2- Spindles -T10382/2-
Driving on outer constant velocity joint
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring
engages.
Driving off cover for inner joint

– Remove retaining ring.


– Remove both clips and slide boot towards outer joint.
– Drive off joint boot with a drift.
Pressing off inner constant velocity joint

6. Drive shaft 197


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installing
Pressing on inner constant velocity joint

– Press joint on to stop.


– Install retaining ring.
– Coat sealing surface of cover with -D 454 300 A2-.

– Apply an unbroken bead of sealant of 2 … 3 mm in diameter


onto clean surface of cover in area of inner holes -arrow-.
– Using bolts -arrows-, align new cover in relation to bolt
holes.

198 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

The alignment must be very accurate, because no further align‐


ment is possible once the part has been hammered on.
– Drive on cover with a plastic hammer.
– Wipe off surplus sealant.
Tighten clip on outer joint

– Apply special pliers -V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram. En‐


sure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on
O-type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do
not cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip,
it is only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner
-V.A.G 1682-.
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with setting range 5 … 50 Nm (e.g.
torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubri‐
cate with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the thread being dirty, for
example, the force required to tighten the clip will not be
attained in spite of correct specified torque.

Tightening clip on small diameter

6. Drive shaft 199


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Checking outer constant velocity joint ⇒ page 206


Checking inner constant velocity joint ⇒ page 207
Checking function of constant velocity joint ⇒ page 210

6.6.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft, triple roller joint AAR3300i

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-

200 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Press tool -VW 408 A-


♦ Press tool -VW 411-
♦ Tube -VW 416 B-
♦ Thrust plate -VW 447 H-

♦ Hose clip pliers -V.A.G 1275-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Assembly tool -T10065-

6. Drive shaft 201


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Multi-purpose tool -VW 771-

♦ Puller -T10382-

Removing outer constant velocity joint


– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Fold back boot.
– Set puller -T10382- up so that smooth side of puller plate
-T10382/1- points to spindles -T10382/2-.
– Assemble puller -T10382- complete with multi-purpose tool
-VW 771-.
– Pull constant velocity joint from drive shaft with puller -
T10382- and multi-purpose tool -VW 771-.

1- Puller plate -T10382/1-

202 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2- Spindles -T10382/2-
Driving on outer constant velocity joint
– Install new retaining ring.
– If necessary, push new joint boot onto drive shaft.
– Knock onto shaft with plastic hammer until retaining ring
engages.
Dismantling triple roller joint
– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.
– Open both clip on inner joint and push back boot.
– Pull joint body off drive shaft.
– Remove retaining ring.

1 - Pliers (commercially available)


- or -VW 161 A-
– Set drive shaft into press.
– Press triple roller spider off drive shaft.

– Pull boot off shaft.


– Clean shaft, joint body and groove for seal.
Assembling triple roller joint
– Push small hose clip for boot onto shaft.

6. Drive shaft 203


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Push joint boot onto shaft.


Fit triple roller star
Chamfer on triple roller star -arrow- points towards shaft and
serves as an assembly aid.
– Fit triple roller star onto shaft and press on to stop.

– Ensure that pressure does not exceed 3.0 t.


– If necessary, coat splines of drive shafts and triple roller star
with lubricating paste -G 052 142 A2-.
– Insert retaining ring, ensuring that it is seated correctly.
– Press half of total amount of grease from repair kit into triple
roller joint.
– Place boot adapter onto joint.
– Slide joint body over rollers and hold.
– Press remaining amount of grease from repair kit into rear of
triple roller joint.
– Slide boot onto boot adapter and ensure that boot engages
correctly in groove -arrow- of adapter.

– Install clamp.

204 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Clamping lug of clip -arrow A- must be located between secur‐


ing flanges of joint body -arrows B-. This is the only way of
assuring that the multi-point socket head bolts can be guided
correctly when installing the drive shaft.

Tightening clip on large diameter of inner joint

– Position clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682- as shown in illustra‐


tion. Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear
on O-type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do
not cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip,
it is only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner
-V.A.G 1682-.
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with adjustment range 5 … 50 Nm,
(e.g. torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubri‐
cate with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the thread being dirty, for
example, the force required to tighten the clip will not be
attained in spite of correct specified torque.

Tighten clip on outer joint

6. Drive shaft 205


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Position clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.


Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on
O-type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do
not cant pliers).
Tightening clip on small diameter of inner/outer joint

6.7 Checking outer constant velocity joint


The joint is to be dismantled to renew the grease if it is heavily
soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and
damage.
Removing
– Before dismantling, mark position of ball hub in relation to
ball cage and joint body with an electric scriber or oil stone.

– Swing ball hub and ball cage.


– Remove balls one at a time.
– Turn cage until the two rectangular windows -arrow- lie on
joint body.

206 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Take out cage with hub.


– Swing segment of hub into square cage window.

– Tip hub out of cage.


The 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check
stub axle, hub, cage and balls for small indentations (pitting)
and traces of seizing. Excessive circumferential backlash in the
joint is noticeable during load change jolts. In this case the joint
must be replaced. Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are
no reason to change the joint.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Pack half of total grease quantity (40 g) into joint body.
– Fit cage with hub into joint body.
– Press in opposing balls one after the other; the original posi‐
tion of the hub relative to the cage and joint body must be
restored.
– Fit new retaining ring into hub.
– Distribute remaining grease in boot.

6.8 Checking inner constant velocity joint


Removing
The joint is to be dismantled when following work is done:
♦ Replacement of grease if very contaminated
♦ Check of running surfaces for wear
♦ Check of balls for wear
– Swing ball hub and ball cage.

6. Drive shaft 207


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press out joint body in direction of arrow.


– Press balls out of cage.

Note

The ball hub and joint body are paired. Do not interchange
them.

– Tip ball hub out of ball cage via ball track -arrows-.

– Check joint body, ball hub, ball cage and balls for pitting and
traces of seizing.
Excessive circumferential backlash in the joint is noticeable dur‐
ing load change jolts. In this case the joint must be replaced.
Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to
renew the joint.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert hub into cage via the two chamfers. The hub can be
installed in any position. Press balls into cage.

208 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

The ball hub has two different distances between the ball
tracks: a smaller one and a larger one.
– Insert hub with cage and balls at a right angle to joint body.
When inserting, note that wide spacing -a- on joint piece always
lies together with narrow spacing -b- on hub after being swivel‐
led in.

Chamfer on internal diameter of ball hub (splines) must face


large diameter of joint body.
– Also take note of chamfer on interior diameter of ball hub. It
must be visible after swivelling in.
– Swivel the hub into the joint body; at the same time the hub
must be swivelled out of the cage -arrows- far enough to
allow the balls to fit into the ball tracks.

6. Drive shaft 209


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Swivel in hub with balls by applying firm pressure to cage


-arrow-.

Checking function of constant velocity joint


The constant velocity joint is correctly assembled if the ball hub
can be moved by hand backwards and forwards over its entire
range of axial movement.

210 Rep. gr.40 - Front suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

42 – Rear suspension
1 Rear axle
⇒ r1.1 ear axle”, page 211
⇒ r1.2 ear axle”, page 215
⇒ a1.3 nd installing rear axle”, page 227
⇒ a1.4 nd installing shield for rear axle”, page 248

1.1 Overview – rear axle


⇒ -1.1.1 rear axle, torsion beam axle”, page 211
⇒ -1.1.2 rear axle, multi-link suspension”, page 211
⇒ -1.1.3 rear axle, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive”,
page 213

1.1.1 Overview - rear axle, torsion beam axle

I - ⇒ b2 eam”, page 250


II - ⇒ s6 trut, shock absorber,
spring”, page 317
III - ⇒ b7 earing assembly,
trailing arm”, page 340

1.1.2 Overview - rear axle, multi-link suspension

1. Rear axle 211


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

I - ⇒ 3 , page 259
II - ⇒ b4 ar”, page 298
III - ⇒ l5 ink, track rod”, page
304

212 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

IV - ⇒ s6 trut, shock absorber,


spring”, page 317
V - ⇒ b7 earing assembly,
trailing arm”, page 340

1.1.3 Overview - rear axle, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

1. Rear axle 213


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

I - ⇒ 3 , page 259
II - ⇒ b4 ar”, page 298
III - ⇒ l5 ink, track rod”, page
304

214 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

IV - ⇒ s6 trut, shock absorber,


spring”, page 317
V - ⇒ b7 earing assembly,
trailing arm”, page 340
VI - ⇒ s8 haft”, page 387

1.2 Lowering rear axle


⇒ r1.2.1 ear axle, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive, ex‐
cept for e-Golf”, page 215
⇒ r1.2.2 ear axle, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive, e-
Golf”, page 219
⇒ r1.2.3 ear axle, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive”, page
223

1.2.1 Lowering rear axle, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive, except for
e-Golf

1. Rear axle 215


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool -3301-


♦ Assembly tool -3346-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Lowering subframe with attachments
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unbolt brake calipers on both sides of vehicle and suspend
from body.
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

216 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

1. Rear axle 217


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix subframe at both forward bolts ⇒ page 262 .


– Unscrew rear right bolt of subframe -arrow-.

– Screw spindle -3346/2- into thread of longitudinal member


using thrust piece of assembly tool -3301- and nut -3346/3-.

218 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Spindle -3346/2-
2- Subframe
3- Thrust piece from assembly tool -3301-
4- Nut -3346/3-
– Unscrew rear left bolt of subframe.
– Turn nut -3346/3- on spindle -3346/2- until subframe is low‐
ered by -a- = 40 mm.
Installing subframe with attachments
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ 3 , page 259
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1.2.2 Lowering rear axle, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive, e-Golf

1. Rear axle 219


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool -3301-


♦ Assembly tool -3346-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Lowering subframe with attachments
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unbolt brake calipers on both sides of vehicle and suspend
from body.
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

220 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

1. Rear axle 221


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix subframe at both forward bolts ⇒ page 267 .


– Unscrew rear right bolt of subframe -arrow-.

– Screw spindle -3346/2- into thread of longitudinal member


using thrust piece of assembly tool -3301- and nut -3346/3-.

222 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Spindle -3346/2-
2- Subframe
3- Thrust piece from assembly tool -3301-
4- Nut -3346/3-
– Unscrew rear left bolt of subframe.
– Turn nut -3346/3- on spindle -3346/2- until subframe is low‐
ered by -a- = 40 mm.
Installing subframe with attachments
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ 3 , page 259
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for bracket of high-voltage battery unit ⇒ Electrical sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 93; High-voltage battery unit
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1.2.3 Lowering rear axle, multi-link suspen‐


sion, four-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Rear axle 223


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Lowering subframe with attachments


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unbolt brake calipers on both sides of vehicle and suspend
from body.
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect connector -1- from vehicle level sender -2-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

224 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Disconnect propshaft from rear final drive, and secure it


⇒ Rep. gr. 39; Propshaft; Removing and installing propshaft.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

1. Rear axle 225


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 262 .


– Carefully lower subframe with attachments about 20 mm.
– Disconnect connector on Haldex coupling above final drive.
– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on left side.

Note

The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– Lower subframe with attachments about 140 mm.


Installing subframe with attachments
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1.3 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 260
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.

226 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Propshaft ⇒ Rep. gr. 39; Propshaft; Assembly overview -


propshaft
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1.3 Removing and installing rear axle


⇒ a1.3.1 nd installing rear axle, torsion beam axle”, page 227
⇒ a1.3.2 nd installing rear axle, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive, except for e-Golf and Golf GTE”, page 231
⇒ a1.3.3 nd installing rear axle, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive, e-Golf”, page 235
⇒ a1.3.4 nd installing rear axle, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive, Golf GTE”, page 240
⇒ a1.3.5 nd installing rear axle, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 243

1.3.1 Removing and installing rear axle, tor‐


sion beam axle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

1. Rear axle 227


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Release and pull off connector on rear left and right speed
sensors.
– Remove left and right brake calipers and tie to body with
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brake; Assembly
overview - rear brake.

– Unclip electric cable -1- from both sides -arrows- of retainer


-2- on axle beam.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Release and pull off connector -1- on rear left vehicle level
sender -G76-.

– Unclip line -2- from clip -arrow-.

228 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on right mounting
bracket.

Note

The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .


– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine


and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- underneath.
– Unclip electrical wiring -2- at mounting bracket -1- and axle
beam and move clear.

1. Rear axle 229


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Mark positions of bolts -arrows- on mounting bracket -1- on


left and right sides of vehicle and remove them.
– Take up weight of rear axle slightly using engine and gear‐
box jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS
6931- -1-.
– Unbolt rear axle from shock absorbers -arrows-.

– Lower rear axle using engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- -1-.
1- Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and
gearbox jack -VAS 6931-
2- Universal gearbox support -V.A.G 1359/2- (for engine and
gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- only)
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
• Tighten bolted connection securing shock absorber to axle
beam with suspension in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension
to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – axle beam”, page 250
♦ ⇒ o6.1.1 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
torsion beam axle”, page 317
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes

230 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1.3.2 Removing and installing rear axle, mul‐


ti-link suspension, front-wheel drive,
except for e-Golf and Golf GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing subframe with attachments


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

1. Rear axle 231


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


– Remove rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -3- from trans‐
verse link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with


brake lines connected ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

232 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 262 .


– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move
clear.

– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments by maximum of
30 mm.
– Unclip brake line from clips -arrows-.

1. Rear axle 233


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The clips will be destroyed and must be renewed.


♦ For reasons of clarity, the illustration shows the subframe
from above in removed state.
♦ The number of clips may vary.

– Lower subframe with attachments.

Note

When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines and


electrical wiring.

Installing subframe with attachments


Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ 3 , page 259
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust
pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

234 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1.3.3 Removing and installing rear axle, mul‐


ti-link suspension, front-wheel drive, e-
Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

Removing subframe with attachments


– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

1. Rear axle 235


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


– Remove rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -3- from trans‐
verse link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

236 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Free brake lines from holder.

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with


brake lines connected ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 267 .


– Press lugs -1- on both sides of cover -2- downwards.

1. Rear axle 237


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Slide cover -2- outwards in -direction of arrow-, and remove


it from deformation element.
– Pull line -1- off deformation element -2- -arrows-.

– Unscrew bolts -3-, and remove deformation element -2-.


– Detach line -1- from mounting bracket -2-.

– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -2- on body.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments by maximum of
30 mm.
– Unclip brake line from clips -arrows-.

238 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The clips will be destroyed and must be renewed.


♦ For reasons of clarity, the illustration shows the subframe
from above in removed state.
♦ The number of clips may vary.

– Lower subframe with attachments.

Note

When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines and


electrical wiring.

Installing subframe with attachments


Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ 3 , page 259
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
♦ Bolts for bracket of high-voltage battery unit ⇒ Electrical sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 93; High-voltage battery unit
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1. Rear axle 239


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1.3.4 Removing and installing rear axle, mul‐


ti-link suspension, front-wheel drive,
Golf GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing subframe with attachments


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

240 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


– Remove rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -3- from trans‐
verse link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with


brake lines connected ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Perform preliminary work for removal of fuel tank ⇒ Rep.
gr. 20; Fuel tank; Removing and installing fuel tank.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

1. Rear axle 241


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 274 .


– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move
clear.
– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

– Carefully lower subframe with attachments by maximum of


30 mm.
– Raise fuel tank slightly then unclip brake lines on subframe
and guide out.

Note

The clips will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– On vehicles with an auxiliary heater, release and pull off


connector on metering pump -V54-.

Note

♦ When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines


and electrical wiring.
♦ The aid of a 2nd mechanic is required to remove the fuel
tank.

242 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carefully lower subframe with fuel tank. To do this, guide out


brake lines from below fuel tank.
– Pull subframe backwards slightly using engine and gearbox
jack -VAS 6931-
– Observe lines to activated charcoal filter (unclip if necessa‐
ry).
– Guide out filler neck between rear axle and body.
Installing subframe with attachments
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Perform further work for installing fuel tank.
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ 3 , page 259
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1.3.5 Removing and installing rear axle, mul‐


ti-link suspension, four-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

1. Rear axle 243


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing subframe with attachments


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Unplug electrical connector -1- from ABS speed sensor on
both sides and move clear.

– Unplug electrical connector -2- from electromechanical park‐


ing brake motor on brake caliper on both sides.
– Detach wiring harness from retainers -arrows- and move
clear.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

244 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2-.


– Remove rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -3- from trans‐
verse link.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

– Free brake lines from holder.

Note

Do not open brake line.

– Disconnect propshaft from rear final drive, and secure it


⇒ Rep. gr. 39; Propshaft; Removing and installing propshaft.
– Remove brake calipers on both sides and tie to body with
brake lines connected ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

1. Rear axle 245


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 262 .


– Unclip electrical wire -2- on mounting bracket -1- and move
clear.
– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

– Carefully lower subframe with attachments about 20 mm.


– Disconnect connector on Haldex coupling above final drive.
– Carefully lower subframe with attachments another 30 mm.

Note

When lowering components, make sure there is enough clear‐


ance for brake lines, electrical wiring and propshaft centring pin.

– Unclip brake lines from clips on both sides -arrows-.

246 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ The clips will be destroyed and must be renewed.


♦ For reasons of clarity, the illustration shows the subframe
from above in removed state.
♦ The number of clips may vary.

– Carefully lower subframe with attachments.

Note

When lowering, ensure sufficient clearance to brake lines, elec‐


trical cables and centring pin to propshaft.

Installing subframe with attachments


Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1.3 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 260
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Propshaft ⇒ Rep. gr. 39; Propshaft; Assembly overview -
propshaft.
♦ Bolts for brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes

1. Rear axle 247


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Double clamp for exhaust pipes ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust


pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

1.4 Removing and installing shield for rear


axle
Removing
– Unscrew nuts -1-.

– Pull off shield -2- downwards from subframe and, at the


same time, detach at top -arrow-.
Installing
– Hook in shield -1- in direction of -arrow- and swivel in so that
it engages into top part of subframe.

– Tighten nuts -2-.

248 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

After installing shield, check again whether shield lug -2- has
engaged properly in subframe -arrow-.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.2 verview - add-on parts for subframe”, page 261

1. Rear axle 249


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Axle beam
⇒ o2.1 verview – axle beam”, page 250
⇒ b2.2 onded rubber bush for axle beam”, page 250

2.1 Assembly overview – axle beam

1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tighten in unladen
state ⇒ s2.8 uspen‐
sion to unladen posi‐
tion (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
❑ 70 Nm +360°
4 - Axle beam
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 227
5 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 250
6 - Mounting bracket

2.2 Renewing bonded rubber bush for axle beam

250 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-


♦ Assembly tool -T10254-
♦ Assembly tool -T10495-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -2- with gearbox
support -V.A.G 1359/2-
♦ Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- and press button -10205/13-

2. Axle beam 251


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-

Modifying tube -T10495/2-

Caution

To use the tube -T10495/2- correctly, it has to be modified.


Tube -T10495/2A- does not have to be modified.

– Clamp tube -T10495/2- in vice using protective jaw covers.


– Red areas -a- must be cut away.

a = 18 mm
– After cutting away material, deburr edges with a file.
– An -A- must be added to the tool designation. The new tool
number is now called -T10495/2A-.
– Apply corrosion protection.
Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.

252 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Release and pull off connector -1- on rear left vehicle level
sender -G76-.

– Unclip line -2- from clip -arrow-.


– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Pull rear left -G76- lever -2- off axle beam -3-.
Continued for all vehicles

– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on right mounting


bracket.

Note

The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– Unclip electric cable -1- from both sides -arrows- of retainer


-2- on axle beam.

2. Axle beam 253


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Remove bolt -1- on left and right.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- with uni‐


versal gearbox support -V.A.G 1359/2- and suitable support
underneath.
– Unclip line -2- from mounting bracket -1-.

254 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carefully lower rear axle with engine and gearbox jack -


V.A.G 1383 A- until bolt -1- can be removed.

– Unscrew bolt -1-.


– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.

2. Axle beam 255


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Spindle -T10254/5-
2 - Nut -T10254/4-
3 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
4 - Thrust plate -T10495/3-
5 - Tube -T10495/2-
♦ Make sure that the tube is lying against the axle beam
-arrow-.
6 - Thrust piece -T10495/1-
7 - Nut -T10254/4-
– Pull out bonded rubber bush by operating the pump.
Installing

Note

♦ Observe the different types of bonded rubber bush.


♦ There are various markings on the different versions that
make it possible to determine the installation position.

256 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installation position of bonded rubber bush with plastic outer


sleeve:

– Ensure correct installation position of bonded rubber bush


-1- on axle beam -2-.
Lug -arrow A- of bonded rubber bush -1- must point towards lug
-arrow B- of axle beam -2-.
Installation position of bonded rubber bush with aluminium outer
sleeve:

– Ensure correct installation position of bonded rubber bush


-2- on axle beam -1-.
Notch -arrow A- on inner hole of bonded rubber bush -2- must
point towards notch -arrow B- of axle beam -1-.
Continued for all vehicles:
– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.
1 - Spindle -T10254/5-
2 - Nut -T10254/4-
3 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
4 - Thrust piece -T10495/1-
5 - Bonded rubber bush
6 - Thrust plate -T10495/3-
7 - Nut -T10254/4-

2. Axle beam 257


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Before pressing in bonded rubber bush, make sure that


marking on bonded rubber bush aligns with mark on axle
beam.
– Press bonded rubber bush in to stop.
– After mounting, check installed position of bonded rubber
bush.
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – axle beam”, page 250
♦ ⇒ o2.2.1 verview - vehicle rear level sender, torsion beam
axle”, page 420
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

258 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3 Subframe
⇒ o3.1 verview – subframe”, page 259
⇒ o3.2 verview - add-on parts for subframe”, page 261
⇒ s3.3 ubframe in position”, page 262
⇒ s3.4 ubframe”, page 283

3.1 Assembly overview – subframe


⇒ o3.1.1 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive, except for e-Golf”, page 259
⇒ o3.1.2 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive, e-Golf”, page 260
⇒ o3.1.3 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-wheel
drive”, page 260

3.1.1 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive,


except for e-Golf

1 - Subframe
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling subframe with at‐
tachments ⇒ page 231
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°

3. Subframe 259
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3.1.2 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive,


e-Golf

1 - Subframe
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling subframe with at‐
tachments ⇒ page 235
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
4 - Left bracket
❑ For retaining frame of
high-voltage battery 1 -
AX2-
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
6 - Right bracket
❑ For retaining frame of
high-voltage battery 1 -
AX2-

3.1.3 Assembly overview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

260 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Subframe
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling subframe with at‐
tachments ⇒ page
243 .
2 - Bonded rubber bushes,
rear
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 290
3 - Front bonded rubber bush
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 283
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°

3.2 Assembly overview - add-on parts for subframe

3. Subframe 261
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Trim
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 248
❑ When installing, the
shield must be attached
to the subframe ⇒ Item
3 (page 262) from be‐
low -arrow A-.
2 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Subframe

3.3 Fixing subframe in position


⇒ p3.3.1 osition of subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive, except for e-Golf and Golf GTE”, page 262
⇒ p3.3.2 osition of subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive, e-Golf”, page 267
⇒ p3.3.3 osition of subframe, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive, Golf GTE”, page 274
⇒ p3.3.4 osition of subframe, multi-link suspension, four-wheel
drive”, page 279

3.3.1 Fixing position of subframe, multi-link


suspension, front-wheel drive, except
for e-Golf and Golf GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required

262 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Locating pins -T10096-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

♦ Rear axle support -T10552-


Preparing rear axle support -T10552-

– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.


a - 250 mm
Tighten bolts -arrows-.
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for support -T10552/2- -2-.

3. Subframe 263
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn support -T10552/2- -2- in such a way that moulding is


perpendicular to direction of travel.

– Set dimension -b-.


b - 330 mm
Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
– Loosen mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- at bottom on both
sides.

– Set dimension -c-.


c - 47 mm
– Turn threaded sleeve of mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- on
both sides to set dimension -d-.

264 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

d - 230 mm
– Place rear axle support -T10552- -1- on engine and gearbox
jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-.

– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

Vehicles with shield for rear axle


– Remove rear axle cladding ⇒ page 248
Continued for all vehicles
– Position rear axle support -T10552- -1- with engine and
gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack
-VAS 6931- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

3. Subframe 265
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert mounting pins -T10552/1- -2- in holes of rear axle


-arrows A-.
– Secure support -T10552/2- -3- on rear axle using tensioning
strap -4-.
Installing locating pins -T10096-
– Unscrew bolt -1- on left and right.

266 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• To fix position of subframe, locating pins -T10096- must be


screwed in successively at positions -2- and -3- on both
sides of vehicle.
– Remove one of the front bolts of the subframe -arrow-

– Screw in locating pins -T10096- -1-.

Note

The locating pins -T10096- may be tightened only to a maxi‐


mum of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may
be damaged.

– This procedure must now be carried out for the second front
bolt and the rear bolts of the subframe.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.

3.3.2 Fixing position of subframe, multi-link


suspension, front-wheel drive, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Subframe 267
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Locating pins -T10096-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

♦ Rear axle support -T10552-


♦ Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
– Support high-voltage battery 1 -AX2- using scissor-type as‐
sembly platform -VAS 6131-, but do not remove it ⇒ Electri‐
cal system; Rep. gr. 93; High-voltage battery unit; Removing
and installing high-voltage battery unit.
Preparing rear axle support -T10552-

– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.


a - 250 mm
Tighten bolts -arrows-.
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for support -T10552/2- -2-.

268 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn support -T10552/2- -2- in such a way that moulding is


perpendicular to direction of travel.

– Set dimension -b-.


b - 330 mm
Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
– Loosen mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- at bottom on both
sides.

– Set dimension -c-.


c - 47 mm
– Turn threaded sleeve of mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- on
both sides to set dimension -d-.

3. Subframe 269
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

d - 230 mm
– Place rear axle support -T10552- -1- on engine and gearbox
jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-.

– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

– Position rear axle support -T10552- -1- with engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack
-VAS 6931- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

270 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert mounting pins -T10552/1- -2- in holes of rear axle


-arrows A-.
– Secure support -T10552/2- -3- on rear axle using tensioning
strap -4-.
Installing locating pins -T10096-
– Unscrew bolt -1- on left and right.

3. Subframe 271
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• To fix position of subframe, locating pins -T10096- must be


screwed in successively at positions -2- and -3- on both
sides of vehicle.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for left retaining frame bracket -1- of
high-voltage battery 1 -AX2-.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove right retaining frame


bracket -1-.

– Screw in locating pins -T10096- -1-.

Note

The locating pins -T10096- may be tightened only to a maxi‐


mum of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may
be damaged.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for right retaining frame bracket -1-


of high-voltage battery 1 -AX2-.

272 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove right retaining frame


bracket -1-.

– Screw in locating pins -T10096- -1-.

Note

The locating pins -T10096- may be tightened only to a maxi‐


mum of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may
be damaged.

– Remove one of the rear bolts of the subframe -arrow-.

3. Subframe 273
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– This must now be done for the second rear bolt.


The position of the subframe is now fixed.

3.3.3 Fixing position of subframe, multi-link


suspension, front-wheel drive, Golf
GTE
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Locating pins -T10096-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

♦ Rear axle support -T10552-

274 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Preparing rear axle support -T10552-

– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.


a - 250 mm
Tighten bolts -arrows-.
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for support -T10552/2- -2-.

– Turn support -T10552/2- -2- in such a way that moulding is


perpendicular to direction of travel.

– Set dimension -b-.


b - 330 mm
Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
– Loosen mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- at bottom on both
sides.

3. Subframe 275
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Set dimension -c-.


c - 47 mm
– Turn threaded sleeve of mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- on
both sides to set dimension -d-.

d - 230 mm
– Place rear axle support -T10552- -1- on engine and gearbox
jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-.

– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

276 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Position rear axle support -T10552- -1- with engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack
-VAS 6931- -5- under rear axle and jack up.

– Insert mounting pins -T10552/1- -2- in holes of rear axle


-arrows A-.
– Secure support -T10552/2- -3- on rear axle using tensioning
strap -4-.

3. Subframe 277
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installing locating pins -T10096-


– Unscrew bolt -1- on left and right.

• To fix position of subframe, locating pins -T10096- must be


screwed in successively at positions -2- and -3- on both
sides of vehicle.
– Remove one of the front bolts of the subframe -arrow-

– Screw in locating pins -T10096- -1-.

Note

The locating pins -T10096- may be tightened only to a maxi‐


mum of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may
be damaged.

– This procedure must now be carried out for the second front
bolt and the rear bolts of the subframe.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.

278 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3.3.4 Fixing position of subframe, multi-link


suspension, four-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Locating pins -T10096-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-

♦ Rear axle support -T10552-


Preparing rear axle support -T10552-

– Loosen bolts -arrows- and set dimension -a-.


a - 250 mm
Tighten bolts -arrows-.
– Loosen bolt -arrow- for support -T10552/2- -2-.

3. Subframe 279
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn support -T10552/2- -2- in such a way that hollow points


in direction of travel.

– Set dimension -b-.


b - 410 mm
Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.
– Loosen mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- at bottom on both
sides.

– Set dimension -c-.


c - 47 mm
– Turn threaded sleeve of mounting pins -T10552/1- -3- on
both sides to set dimension -d-.

280 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

d - 215 mm
– Place rear axle support -T10552- -1- on engine and gearbox
jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931-.

– Tighten bolt -arrow- to 30 Nm.

– Position rear axle support -T10552- -1- with engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- or engine and gearbox jack
-VAS 6931- -1- under rear axle and jack up.

3. Subframe 281
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert mounting pins -T10552/1- -2- in holes of rear axle


-arrows A-.
– Secure support -T10552/2- -3- on rear axle using tensioning
strap -4-.
Installing locating pins -T10096-
To fix position of subframe, locating pins -T10096- must be
screwed in successively at positions -1- on both sides of vehi‐
cle.

282 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove one hexagon bolt -1- on each side.

Note

Only left-hand side of vehicle is shown for purposes of clarity.

– Screw in locating pins -T10096- -1-.

Note

The locating pins -T10096- may be tightened only to a maxi‐


mum of 20 Nm; otherwise the threads of the locating pins may
be damaged.

– Replace securing bolts on subframe one after the other


on both sides with a locating pin from the locating pin set
-T10096- -1- and tighten to 20 Nm.
The position of the subframe is now fixed.

3.4 Repairing subframe


⇒ b3.4.1 onded rubber bush”, page 283
⇒ r3.4.2 ear bonded rubber bush”, page 290

3.4.1 Renewing bonded rubber bush

3. Subframe 283
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-


♦ Assembly tool -T10263-
♦ Assembly tool -T10356-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- and thrust piece -T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-

284 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Assembly tool -T10205 A-

Note

♦ If a bonded rubber bush is defective, the bonded rubber


bush on the opposite side must also be renewed; allocation
⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”.
♦ Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
other bonded rubber bushes.
♦ If cracks or other damage is visible, these bonded rubber
bushes must be renewed also.
♦ To renew bonded rubber bushes, the subframe must be
lowered at the front or the rear. The removal of the subframe
is not required.
♦ Mark position of bonded rubber bushes in relation to sub‐
frame before removing.

Pressing out front bonded rubber bush


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

Note

Do not open brake line.

3. Subframe 285
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 262 .


– Mark installation position of bonded rubber bush in relation
to subframe with e.g. a felt-tip pen -1-.

Note

Make a mark -1- on subframe centred on cut-out in bonded


rubber bush -2-.

– Lever anti-twist device -1- off bonded rubber bush near re‐
taining lug using, for example, a screwdriver -2-.

286 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe approx. 100 mm using engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-.
– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on left side.

Note

The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.

3. Subframe 287
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-


2 - Thrust piece -T10356/1-
3 - Subframe
4 - Tube -T10356/2-, side with recess faces subframe
5 - Thrust plate -T10205/1-
6 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
7 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-
8 - Threaded spindle -T10263/4-
– Take up play in special tools.
– Press out bonded rubber bush.

Note

♦ The collar of the outer ring of the bonded rubber bush will be sheared off by the mounting when the bush
is pulled out. This occurs with a loud bang.
♦ After the bush has been pulled out, the collar must be removed from the tube -T10356/2- with light
hammer blows.

Pressing in front bonded rubber bush


– As an assembly aid, draw a line -1- on the vertical rib of the
bonded rubber bush.

– Coat outer edge of bonded rubber bush with assembly paste


-G 294 421 A1-.
– Set up special tools with bonded rubber bush on subframe
as shown.

288 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-


2 - Thrust piece -T10356/7- - the marking -A- points towards
subframe
3 - Subframe
4 - Align bonded rubber bush on mark, made for this purpose
(the marks must align with one another)
5 - Thrust piece -T10356/8- - the flattened sides must engage in
cover of bonded rubber bush -arrows-.
6 - Thrust plate -T10205/1-
7 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
8 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-
9 - Threaded spindle -T10263/4-
– Check position of bonded rubber bush, realign if necessary
and preload bonded rubber bush using special tools.

3. Subframe 289
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Ensure that the hose from the hydraulic cylinder -VAS 6178-
to the foot pump -VAS 6179- is routed between the trailing
arm and the fuel tank while pressing in the bush.
♦ Ensure that the bonded rubber bush does is kept straight
at the start of the pressing action. Otherwise, the outer ring
could be damaged.

– Operate pump to press bonded rubber bush in until collar


lies »flush« on subframe.
Further installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
Observe the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1.3 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 260
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/silencers; As‐
sembly overview - silencer

3.4.2 Renewing rear bonded rubber bush

290 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-


♦ Assembly tool -T10263-
♦ Assembly tool -T10356-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
♦ Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- and thrust piece -T10205/13-
♦ Foot pump -VAS 6179-

3. Subframe 291
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Assembly tool -T10205 A-

Note

♦ If a bonded rubber bush is defective, the bonded rubber


bush on the opposite side must also be renewed; allocation
⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”.
♦ Before replacing a defective bonded rubber bush, check the
other bonded rubber bushes.
♦ If cracks or other damage is visible, these bonded rubber
bushes must be renewed also.
♦ To renew bonded rubber bushes, the subframe must be
lowered at the front or the rear. The removal of the subframe
is not required.
♦ Mark position of bonded rubber bushes in relation to sub‐
frame before removing.

Pressing out rear bonded rubber bush


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove rear wheels.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Remove rear silencer of exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Ex‐
haust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
– Pull out retaining clip -1- on both sides of vehicle.

Note

Do not open brake line.

292 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 262 .


– Mark installation position of bonded rubber bush in relation
to subframe with e.g. a felt-tip pen -1-.

Note

Make a mark -1- on subframe centred on cut-out in bonded


rubber bush -2-.

– Lever anti-twist device -1- off bonded rubber bush near re‐
taining lug using, for example, a screwdriver -2-.

3. Subframe 293
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe approx. 100 mm using engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-.
– Unclip brake line -1- from clip -arrow- on left side.

Note

The clip will be destroyed and must be renewed.

– Fit special tools as shown in illustration.

294 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-


2 - Thrust piece -T10356/5-
3 - Subframe
4 - Tube -T10356/6-, side with recess faces subframe
5 - Thrust plate -T10205/1-
6 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
7 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-
8 - Threaded spindle -T10263/4-
– Take up play in special tools.
– Press out bonded rubber bush.

Note

♦ The collar of the outer ring of the bonded rubber bush will be sheared off by the mounting when the bush
is pulled out. This occurs with a loud bang.
♦ After the bush has been pulled out, the collar must be removed from the tube -T10356/6- with light
hammer blows.

Pressing in rear bonded rubber bush


– As an assembly aid, draw a line -1- on the vertical rib of the
bonded rubber bush.

– Coat outer edge of bonded rubber bush with assembly


paste.
– Set up special tools with bonded rubber bush on subframe
as shown.

3. Subframe 295
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-


2 - Thrust piece -T10356/7- - the marking -B- points towards
subframe
3 - Subframe
4 - Align bonded rubber bush on mark, made for this purpose
(the marks must align with one another)
5 - Thrust piece -T10356/8- - the flattened sides must engage in
cover of bonded rubber bush -arrows-.
6 - Thrust plate -T10205/1-
7 - Hydraulic press -VAS 6178- with thrust piece -T10205/13-
8 - Hexagon nut -T10263/5-
9 - Threaded spindle -T10263/4-
– Check position of bonded rubber bush, realign if necessary
and preload bonded rubber bush using special tools.

296 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Ensure that the bonded rubber bush does is kept straight at the
start of the pressing action. Otherwise, the outer ring could be
damaged.

– Operate pump to press bonded rubber bush in until collar


lies »flush« on subframe.
Further installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
Observe the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1.3 verview - subframe, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 260
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/silencers; As‐
sembly overview - silencer

3. Subframe 297
Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4 Anti-roll bar
⇒ o4.1 verview - anti-roll bar”, page 298
⇒ a4.2 nd installing anti-roll bar”, page 299
⇒ a4.3 nd installing coupling rod”, page 301

4.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar


⇒ o4.1.1 verview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 298
⇒ o4.1.2 verview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 298

4.1.1 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive

1 - Lower transverse link


2 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +180°
3 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 301
4 - Bolt
❑ Tighten evenly.
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +90°
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
6 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal

❑ When tightening, coun‐


terhold at multi-point
socket of coupling rod
❑ 55 Nm
7 - Anti-roll bar
❑ With rubber bushes
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 299
8 - Subframe

4.1.2 Assembly overview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

298 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Lower transverse link


2 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +180°
3 - Coupling rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 301
4 - Bolt
❑ Tighten evenly.
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +90°
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
6 - Nut
❑ When tightening, coun‐
terhold at multi-point
socket of coupling rod
❑ 55 Nm
7 - Anti-roll bar
❑ With rubber bushes
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 299
8 - Subframe

4.2 Removing and installing anti-roll bar


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-

Removing
e-Golf only
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .

4. Anti-roll bar 299


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with shield for rear axle


– Remove rear axle cladding ⇒ page 248
Continued for all vehicles

Note

The following procedure is for the left side of the vehicle. The
procedure for the right side of the vehicle is identical.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1-.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -2-.

– Pull coupling rod -2- out of anti-roll bar -3-.


– Remove anti-roll bar -3- from subframe.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive
– Guide out anti-roll bar over exhaust system.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1- evenly on subframe
-2-.

300 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - anti-roll bar”, page 298

4.3 Removing and installing coupling rod

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-


♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

4. Anti-roll bar 301


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Secure vehicle to support arms of lifting platform on both
sides using tensioning straps -T10038-.

1- Tensioning strap -T10038-

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

Vehicles with stone deflector

– Remove spreader rivets -1-.


– Unscrew bolts -2- for stone deflector -3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Position engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and
gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- under lower transverse link.

302 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press transverse suspension link upwards slightly.


– Undo nuts -1- and -3- and pull out bolt -4-.

– Pull coupling rod -2- out of anti-roll bar and trailing arm.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert coupling rod -2-, fit nuts -1- and -3- and tighten in
unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehi‐
cles with coil springs)”, page 6 .

– When tightening nut -1-, counterhold at multi-point socket of


bolt.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - anti-roll bar”, page 298

4. Anti-roll bar 303


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

5 Suspension link, track rod


⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
⇒ o5.2 verview - track rod”, page 308
⇒ a5.3 nd installing upper transverse link”, page 309
⇒ a5.4 nd installing lower transverse link”, page 312
⇒ a5.5 nd installing track rod”, page 314

5.1 Assembly overview - transverse link


⇒ o5.1.1 verview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 304
⇒ o5.1.2 verview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 306

5.1.1 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, front-wheel


drive

304 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
2 - Washer
3 - Upper transverse link
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 309
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 130 Nm +180°
5 - Wheel bearing housing
6 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
7 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
8 - Spreader rivet
9 - Stone deflector
10 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
11 - Lower transverse link
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 312
12 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment check must be performed if loosened ⇒ page 428
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
13 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
14 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threaded connections in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehi‐
cles with coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 95 Nm
15 - Subframe
16 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment check must be performed if loosened ⇒ page 428
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).

5. Suspension link, track rod 305


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

17 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
18 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threaded connections in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehi‐
cles with coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 95 Nm

5.1.2 Assembly overview - transverse link, multi-link suspension, four-wheel


drive

306 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Washer
2 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
3 - Upper transverse link
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 309
4 - Washer
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 130 Nm +180°
6 - Wheel bearing housing
7 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
8 - Spreader rivet
9 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
10 - Lower transverse link
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 312
11 - Stone deflector
12 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
13 - Subframe
14 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment check must be performed if loosened ⇒ page 428
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
15 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threaded connections in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehi‐
cles with coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 95 Nm
16 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
17 - Eccentric bolt
❑ A wheel alignment check must be performed if loosened ⇒ page 428

5. Suspension link, track rod 307


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021
❑ Do not turn more than 90° in either direction (i.e. from minimum to maximum adjustment position).
18 - Eccentric washer
❑ Inner hole with lug
19 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threaded connections in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehi‐
cles with coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 95 Nm

5.2 Assembly overview - track rod


⇒ o5.2.1 verview - track rod, multi-link suspension, front-wheel
drive”, page 308
⇒ o5.2.2 verview - track rod, multi-link suspension, four-wheel
drive”, page 308

5.2.1 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive

1 - Subframe
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
3 - Wheel bearing housing
4 - Track rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 314
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
6 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal

5.2.2 Assembly overview - track rod, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

308 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Subframe
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°
3 - Wheel bearing housing
4 - Track rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 314
5 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten threa‐
ded connections in
unladen position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unla‐
den position (vehicles
with coil springs)”, page
6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
6 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +180°

5.3 Removing and installing upper trans‐


verse link
⇒ a5.3.1 nd installing upper transverse link, front-wheel drive”,
page 309
⇒ a5.3.2 nd installing upper transverse link, four-wheel drive”,
page 311

5.3.1 Removing and installing upper trans‐


verse link, front-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required

5. Suspension link, track rod 309


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Unhook line -1- from retainer -2- -arrows-.

– Unscrew nut -3- and remove washer -4-.


– Pull out bolt -5-.
– Use felt-tip pen or similar to mark position of eccentric bolt
-3- in relation to subframe.
– Unscrew nut -2- and pull out eccentric bolt -3-.

310 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Take out upper transverse link -1-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
• The threaded connections of the suspension link may only
be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

5.3.2 Removing and installing upper trans‐


verse link, four-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– If fitted, detach line from retainer on transverse link.
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove washer -2-.

– Pull out bolt -4-.


– Remove shim -3-.

5. Suspension link, track rod 311


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Use felt-tip pen or similar to mark position of eccentric bolt


-3- in relation to subframe.

– Unscrew nut -2- and pull out eccentric bolt -3-.


– Take out upper transverse link -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
• The threaded connections of the suspension link may only
be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

5.4 Removing and installing lower trans‐


verse link
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.

312 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove wheel.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.
Vehicles with stone deflector
– Remove spreader rivets -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2- for stone deflector -3-.


Continued for all vehicles
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Disengage and lower exhaust system at rear ⇒ Rep. gr. 26;
Exhaust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencers.
– Mark position of eccentric bolt -2- in relation to subframe, for
example using a felt-tip pen.

5. Suspension link, track rod 313


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Undo nut -1- and pull out bolt -2-.


– Remove lower transverse link.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
• Observe mark made for position of eccentric bolt -2- relative
to subframe.
• The threaded connections of the transverse link may only
be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position
⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Rear exhaust system ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/silenc‐
ers; Assembly overview - silencer

5.5 Removing and installing track rod


Special tools and workshop equipment required

314 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1-.

– Unscrew nut -1- and bolt -3- by a few turns.

5. Suspension link, track rod 315


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -3-.


– Unscrew nut -1-, and remove bolt -4- towards rear. Push
anti-roll bar upwards while doing so.
– Remove track rod -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
• The threaded connection of the track rod may be tightened
only when the dimension measured between the centre of
wheel hub and lower edge of wheel housing before starting
the work has been attained ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen
position (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6 .
– Perform wheel alignment ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.2 verview - track rod”, page 308
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - anti-roll bar”, page 298
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

316 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

6 Suspension strut, shock absorber,


spring
⇒ o6.1 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring”,
page 317
⇒ a6.2 nd installing shock absorber”, page 319
⇒ s6.3 hock absorber”, page 326
⇒ a6.4 nd installing spring”, page 329

6.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut,


shock absorber, spring
⇒ o6.1.1 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
torsion beam axle”, page 317
⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318

6.1.1 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring, torsion


beam axle

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 317


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
2 - Shock absorbers
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 319
❑ Defective shock ab‐
sorbers must always be
degassed and drained
before disposal ⇒ page
16
3 - Upper spring seat
❑ Fit on “lug” on body.
4 - Spring
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 329
5 - Retaining ring
❑ After installing stone
deflector, press clamp
ring on so it is flush
6 - Lower spring seat
❑ Turn end of spring
against stop
❑ When installing, fit
pin in aperture in
spring mounting on
axle beam.
7 - Axle beam
8 - Stone deflector
9 - Spreader rivet
10 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten bolted connection with suspension in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen
position (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 70 Nm +180°

6.1.2 Assembly overview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring, multi-link


suspension

318 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
2 - Shock absorbers
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 319
❑ Note correct installation
position of cable tie fas‐
tener.
❑ Defective shock ab‐
sorbers must always be
degassed and drained
before disposal ⇒ page
16
3 - Upper spring seat
❑ Fit on “lug” on body.
4 - Spring
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 329
5 - Clip
❑ Assists with installation
6 - Lower spring seat
❑ Turn end of spring
against stop
❑ When installing, fit pin
into aperture in spring
mounting on lower
transverse link -arrow-.
7 - Lower transverse link
8 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always tighten bolted
connection with suspension in unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with
coil springs)”, page 6
❑ 70 Nm +180°
9 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal

6.2 Removing and installing shock absorb‐


er
⇒ a6.2.1 nd installing shock absorber, torsion beam axle”, page
319
⇒ a6.2.2 nd installing shock absorbers, multi-link suspension”,
page 322

6.2.1 Removing and installing shock absorber, torsion beam axle

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 319


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-
♦ Spring compressor -V.A.G 1752/1-
♦ Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-
Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove rear wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Wheel housing liner; Removing and
installing rear wheel housing liner.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

320 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull rear left -G76- lever -2- off axle beam -3-.
Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC
– Disconnect connector -1- on shock absorber -2-.

– Pull line -3- off shock absorber -2- -arrow-.

Note

If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow com‐


pressed air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the
connector.

Continued for all vehicles


– Insert spring retainer -1-.

1- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1-


2- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 321


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainers


-V.A.G 1752/3A- -2-.

– Compress coil springs until load on shock absorber is re‐


lieved.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for shock absorber -2-.

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Remove shock absorber.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.1.1 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
torsion beam axle”, page 317
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66; Wheel housing liner; Removing and installing rear
wheel housing liner.

6.2.2 Removing and installing shock absorb‐


ers, multi-link suspension
Special tools and workshop equipment required

322 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 323


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Secure vehicle to support arms of lifting platform on both


sides using tensioning straps -T10038-.

1- Tensioning strap -T10038-

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Remove rear wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 66; Wheel housing liner; Removing and
installing rear wheel housing liner.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.
Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC

– Disconnect connector -1- on shock absorber -2-.

324 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull line -3- off shock absorber -2- -arrow-.

Note

If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow com‐


pressed air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the
connector.

Continued for all vehicles


– Position engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine
and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- under transverse link, and
press upwards slightly.
– Remove bolts -1- for shock absorber -2-.

Vehicles with stone deflector

– Remove spreader rivets -1-.


– Remove bolts -2- for stone guard -3-.
– Remove stone guard -3- from lower transverse link -4-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove bolt -2-.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 325


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove shock absorber.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. When doing this, observe the
following:
• The threaded connections of the shock absorber to the lower
transverse link may only be loosened and tightened in the
unladen weight position ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen posi‐
tion (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6 .
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Wheel housing liner ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66; Wheel housing liner; Removing and installing rear
wheel housing liner.

6.3 Repairing shock absorber

326 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Shock absorbers
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 319
❑ Defective shock ab‐
sorbers must always be
degassed and drained
before disposal ⇒ page
14
❑ Checking shock ab‐
sorber following remov‐
al ⇒ page 4
2 - Protective tube
3 - Buffer stop
4 - Shock absorber mounting
5 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 328
❑ 25 Nm
6 - Cover

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 327


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Shock absorber tool set -T10001-

♦ Ring spanner insert (commercial type, e.g. »Hazet


6630c-21«)
Loosening and tightening threaded connection for shock ab‐
sorber mounting

1- Ring spanner insert (commercial type, e.g. »Hazet


6630c-21«)
2- Insert -T10001/9-
3- Ratchet, commercial type
4- Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
5- Insert -T10001/1-
6- Shock absorber mounting
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Slide protective tube -1- onto shock absorber mounting -2-.

328 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Fit cable tie -3- and tighten.

Note

The fastener -arrow- of the cable tie -3- must be located within
area -a-.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ s6.3 hock absorber”, page 326

6.4 Removing and installing spring


⇒ a6.4.1 nd installing spring, torsion beam axle”, page 329
⇒ a6.4.2 nd installing spring, multi-link suspension”, page 332

6.4.1 Removing and installing spring, torsion


beam axle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Spring compressor -V.A.G 1752/1-

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 329


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-

♦ Adapter -V.A.G 1752/9-, not illustrated


Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Pull out clip -1- in -direction of arrow- onto stop.

– Insert spring retainer -1-.

1- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1-


2- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-

WARNING

Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainers


-V.A.G 1752/3A- -2-.

– Compress coil springs until they can be removed.

330 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Use a spanner or a reversible ratchet handle to compress


spring retainer.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Check that the spring seat is not damaged.
– If necessary, renew spring seat.
– Place lower plate onto bottom of coil spring.
End of spring -arrow- must contact stop of lower spring seat.

– Install spring together with spring seat.


– The spring seat has a lug.
– Insert this pin into hole in torsion beam axle.
– Insert upper spring seat into upper end of spring.
– Bead of spring seat -arrow- must lie against coil spring cor‐
rectly.

– Release tension on coil spring while locating upper spring


seat on lug on body.
– Remove spring compressor.
– Push in clip -1- in opposite -direction of arrow- onto stop.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 331


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

6.4.2 Removing and installing spring, multi-


link suspension
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tensioning strap -T10038-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

332 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

♦ Suspension strut clamp -V.A.G 1752-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Secure vehicle to support arms of lifting platform on both
sides using tensioning straps -T10038-.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 333


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Tensioning strap -T10038-

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Press lugs -arrows- of assembly aid -1- inwards.

– Remove assembly aid -1- upwards.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine
and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- under transverse link, and
press upwards slightly.
– Insert spring retainer -3-.

334 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-


2- Adapter -V.A.G 1752/9-
3- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Spring

WARNING

Ensure that coil spring is correctly seated in spring retainer


-V.A.G 1752/3A- -arrow- (risk of accident).

Note

Use a spanner or a reversible ratchet handle to compress


spring retainer.

– Compress coil spring.


– Undo nut -1- and pull out bolt -2- for coupling rod -3-.

– Unscrew nut -1- and pull out bolt -2- securing shock absorb‐
er.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 335


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew nut -3- and pull out bolt -4- securing wheel bearing
housing.

WARNING

Hold spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1- with compressed spring


(risk of accident).

– Slowly lower engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine


and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- below transverse link far
enough that spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1- can be removed
together with compressed spring.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. When doing this, observe the
following:
– Check that the spring seat is not damaged.

– If necessary, renew spring seat.


– Place lower plate onto bottom of coil spring.
End of spring -arrow- must contact stop of lower spring seat.
– Install spring together with spring seat.
– The spring seat has a lug.
– Insert this pin in holes in lower transverse link -arrow-.

336 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert upper spring seat into upper end of spring.

– Bead of spring seat -arrow- must lie against coil spring cor‐
rectly.

WARNING

Hold spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1- with compressed spring


(risk of accident).

– Position engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and


gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- beneath lower transverse link
and press upwards.
– Insert bolt -4- for wheel bearing housing, and screw on nut
-3-.

– Insert bolt -2- for shock absorber, and screw on nut -1-.
– Insert bolt -2- for coupling rod -3-, and screw on nut -1-.

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 337


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Release tension on spring -4- while locating upper spring


seat on lug on body.

– Remove spring retainer -3-.


1- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/3A-
2- Adapter -V.A.G 1752/9-
3- Spring retainer -V.A.G 1752/1-
4- Spring
– Insert assembly aid -1- and press downwards.

– Lugs -arrows- must engage.


– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

338 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - anti-roll bar”, page 298
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304
♦ ⇒ o6.1 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring”,
page 317
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

6. Suspension strut, shock absorber, spring 339


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

7 Wheel bearing assembly, trailing


arm
⇒ o7.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 340
⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
⇒ a7.3 nd installing wheel bearing housing”, page 345
⇒ a7.4 nd installing wheel bearing unit”, page 358
⇒ b7.5 onded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing”, page
369
⇒ a7.6 nd installing trailing arm with mounting bracket”, page
372
⇒ t7.7 railing arm, standard trailing arm bushes”, page 381

7.1 Assembly overview – wheel bearing


assembly
⇒ o7.1.1 verview - wheel bearing assembly, torsion beam axle”,
page 340
⇒ o7.1.2 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 341
⇒ o7.1.3 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 342

7.1.1 Assembly overview - wheel bearing assembly, torsion beam axle

340 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Dust cap
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Pressing off and driving
in ⇒ page 358
❑ A proper seal can be
achieved only by instal‐
ling a new grease cap.
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 200 Nm +90°
3 - Wheel bearing unit
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 358
❑ The wheel bearing and
wheel hub are assem‐
bled in one housing.
❑ This wheel bearing
unit is maintenance-
free and does not re‐
quire adjustment. Ad‐
justments and repairs
are not possible!
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 30 Nm +90°
5 - Heat shield
6 - Stub axle
7 - Axle beam

7.1.2 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspension, front-wheel drive

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 341


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Wheel bearing housing


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 345
2 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 369
3 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque
⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview -
rear brakes
4 - Brake disc
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling: ⇒ Brake system;
Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly over‐
view - rear brakes
5 - Dust cap
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Pressing off and driving
in ⇒ page 358
❑ A proper seal can be
achieved only by instal‐
ling a new grease cap.
6 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Before fitting, clean
threads in stub axle us‐
ing a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +90°
7 - Wheel bearing unit
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 358
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are assembled in one housing.
❑ This wheel bearing unit is maintenance-free and does not require adjustment. Adjustments and repairs
are not possible!
8 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
9 - Heat shield
❑ Removing and installing: ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes

7.1.3 Assembly overview - suspension, multi-link suspension, four-wheel drive

342 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Drive shaft
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 90 Nm +90°
3 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 351
4 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 369
5 - Brake disc
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ Brake system;
Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly over‐
view - rear brakes
6 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque
⇒ Brake system; Rep.
gr. 46; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview -
rear brakes
7 - Bolt
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 400
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Before fitting, clean
threads in stub axle us‐
ing a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +180°
8 - Wheel bearing unit
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 366
❑ The wheel bearing and wheel hub are assembled in one housing.
❑ This wheel bearing unit is maintenance-free and does not require adjustment. Adjustments and repairs
are not possible!
9 - Bolt
❑ Specified torque ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes
10 - Heat shield
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes

7.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm


⇒ o7.2.1 verview - trailing arm, except for e-Golf”, page 343
⇒ o7.2.2 verview - trailing arm, e-Golf”, page 344

7.2.1 Assembly overview - trailing arm, except for e-Golf

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 343


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
3 - Mounting bracket
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 90 Nm +90°
5 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
6 - Trailing arm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 372
7 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 381
8 - Bolt
❑ M12 x 1.5
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
9 - Bolt
❑ M14 x 1.5
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°

7.2.2 Assembly overview - trailing arm, e-Golf

344 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Cover
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 50 Nm +45°
3 - Mounting bracket
4 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 90 Nm +90°
5 - Wheel bearing housing
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
6 - Trailing arm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 376
7 - Bonded rubber bush
❑ Observe installation po‐
sition
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 381
8 - Bolt
❑ M12 x 1.5
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
9 - Bolt
❑ M14 x 1.5
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
10 - Cover
11 - Deformation element

7.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing


housing
⇒ a7.3.1 nd installing wheel bearing housing, multi-link suspen‐
sion, front-wheel drive”, page 345
⇒ a7.3.2 nd installing wheel bearing housing, multi-link suspen‐
sion, four-wheel drive”, page 351

7.3.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing


housing, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 345


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 358 .
– Remove heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.

346 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with stone deflector


– Remove spreader rivets -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2- for stone deflector -3-.


Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect electrical connector from ABS speed sensor and
electromechanical parking brake motor.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


track rod and press upwards slightly.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 347


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- one after the other.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove washer -2-.

– Pull out bolt -3-.


– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Take out wheel bearing housing -2-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
It is essential to follow specified sequence of work steps below!
– Insert wheel bearing housing -2-.

348 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert bolt -1- and tighten only hand-tight.


– Insert bolt -3-.

– Install washer -2-.


– Tighten nut -1- by hand.
– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
track rod and press upwards slightly.

– Screw in bolts -2- and -3- by hand.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
– Install heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 358 .
The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
only be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”,
page 6 .
– Tighten bolt -1-.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 349


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Tighten nut -1-.

– Detach engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- with sup‐


port -T10149- from wheel hub.
Do not tighten bolts securing trailing arm to wheel bearing hous‐
ing until all other suspension components (especially spring
and shock absorber) on that side are fitted. To tighten, wheel
suspension must be in extended position. Only then do trailing
arm and wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position
-arrows-.

– Installing spring ⇒ page 329 .


– Tighten bolts -2- and -3-.

350 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.1.2 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 341
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o5.2 verview - track rod”, page 308
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes

7.3.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing


housing, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 351


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Loosen outer drive shaft threaded connection ⇒ page 400 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 358 .
– Remove heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear
brakes; Assembly overview - rear brakes.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Unscrew bolts -1-.

352 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.


Vehicles with stone deflector
– Remove spreader rivets -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2- for stone deflector -3-.


Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect electrical connector from ABS speed sensor and
electromechanical parking brake motor.
– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐
port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


track rod and press upwards slightly.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 353


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- one after the other.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
– Unscrew nut -1- and remove washer -2-.

– Pull out bolt -4-.


– Remove shim -3-.
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Take out wheel bearing housing -2-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
It is essential to follow specified sequence of work steps below!
– Insert wheel bearing housing -2-.

354 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert bolt -1- and tighten only hand-tight.


– Insert bolt -4- with washer -3-.

– Install washer -2-.


– Tighten nut -1- by hand.
– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
track rod and press upwards slightly.

– Screw in bolts -2- and -3- by hand.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
– Install wheel bearing unit ⇒ page 358 .
– Install heat shield ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes;
Assembly overview - rear brakes.
The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
only be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight position ⇒
s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”,
page 6 .
– Tighten nut -1-.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 355


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Tighten bolt -1-.

– Tighten nut -1-.

– Detach engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- with sup‐


port -T10149- from wheel hub.
Do not tighten bolts securing trailing arm to wheel bearing hous‐
ing until all other suspension components (especially spring
and shock absorber) on that side are fitted. To tighten, wheel
suspension must be in extended position. Only then do trailing
arm and wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position
-arrows-.

356 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install coil spring ⇒ page 329 .


– Tighten bolts -2- and -3-.

– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.1.3 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 342
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ ⇒ o5.2 verview - track rod”, page 308
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421
♦ ⇒ a8.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 400
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 357


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

7.4 Removing and installing wheel bearing


unit
⇒ a7.4.1 nd installing wheel bearing unit, torsion beam axle”,
page 358
⇒ a7.4.2 nd installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link suspension,
front-wheel drive”, page 362
⇒ a7.4.3 nd installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link suspension,
four-wheel drive”, page 366

7.4.1 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit, torsion beam axle

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Fitting sleeve -3241/4-


♦ Hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Bit XZN 18 -T10162 A-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-
Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.

358 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Detach brake carrier with brake caliper and tie to body with
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly
overview - rear brakes.

Note

Hang brake caliper from body.

– Remove bolt for brake disc and remove brake disc.


– Loosen grease cap from seat by tapping lightly on claw of
hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2- -1-.

– Pry off grease cap.

1- Hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2-


– Unscrew bolt -1- using bit -T10162 A- -2-.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 359


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Do not use an impact driver when removing bolt -1- using bit
-T10162 A- -2-!

– Pull wheel bearing unit off stub axle.

Caution

• Avoid soiling and damage to seal when placing on a


surface or storing.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.

– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a


surface.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

360 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carefully push wheel hub/wheel bearing unit onto stub axle.

Caution

Ensure that the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit is kept


straight.

– Screw in new bolt and tighten to specified torque.

Note

♦ First tighten bolt to specified torque setting using torque


wrench.
♦ Use a rigid spanner for turning further by angle.

Caution

Do not use an impact driver when tightening bolt -1- using bit
-T10162 A- -2-!

– Drive in grease cap.

1- Fitting sleeve -3241/4-

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 361


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Always renew removed grease caps.


Damaged grease caps may allow moisture to enter the bearing.
Therefore, always use the tool shown in the illustration.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.1.1 verview - wheel bearing assembly, torsion beam
axle”, page 340
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes

7.4.2 Removing and installing wheel bearing unit, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Fitting sleeve -3241/4-


♦ Hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Bit XZN 18 -T10162 A-

362 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-


Removing
e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Loosen grease cap from seat by tapping lightly on claw of
hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2- -1-.

– Pry off grease cap.

1- Hub grease cap puller -VW 637/2-


– Detach brake carrier with brake caliper and tie to body with
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly
overview - rear brakes.

Note

Hang brake caliper from body.

– Remove bolt for brake disc and remove brake disc.


– Unscrew bolt -1- using bit -T10162 A- -2-.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 363


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

Do not use an impact driver when removing bolt -1- using bit
-T10162 A- -2-!

– Pull wheel bearing unit off stub axle.

Caution

• Avoid soiling and damage to seal when placing on a


surface or storing.

Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.

– Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a


surface.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

364 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carefully push wheel hub/wheel bearing unit -2- onto stub


axle.

Caution

Ensure that the wheel hubs/wheel bearing unit is kept


straight.

– Screw in new bolt -1- and tighten to specified torque.

Note

♦ First tighten bolt to specified torque setting using torque


wrench.
♦ Use a rigid spanner for turning further by angle.

Caution

Do not use an impact driver when tightening bolt -1- using bit
-T10162 A- -2-!

– Drive in grease cap.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 365


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Fitting sleeve -3241/4-


Always renew removed grease caps.
Damaged grease caps may allow moisture to enter the bearing.
Therefore, always use the tool shown in the illustration.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.1.2 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 341
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes

7.4.3 Removing and installing wheel bearing


unit, multi-link suspension, four-wheel
drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

366 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Removing
– Loosen outer drive shaft threaded connection ⇒ page 400 .
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove coil springs ⇒ page 329 .
– Remove drive shaft ⇒ page 389 .
– Detach brake carrier with brake caliper and tie to body with
wire ⇒ Brake system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly
overview - rear brakes.

Note

Do not suspend brake caliper by brake hose - risk of damage.

– Remove bolt for brake disc and remove brake disc.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

– Pull wheel bearing unit from wheel bearing housing.

Caution

• Avoid soiling and damage to seal when placing on a


surface/storing.

• Wheel bearing -1- must always face upwards.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 367


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• Always set wheel bearing unit on hub -2- when placing on a


surface.
• When picking wheel bearing up, never grasp inner side.

• Grip outside of wheel bearing only.


The same procedure applies to the wheel bearing without hub.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
• The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
only be tightened in the unladen position ⇒ s2.8 uspension
to unladen position (vehicles with coil springs)”, page 6 .
Torque settings
♦ ⇒ o7.1.3 verview - suspension, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 342
♦ ⇒ a8.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 400
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

368 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for heat shield, brake caliper and brake disc ⇒ Brake
system; Rep. gr. 46; Rear brakes; Assembly overview - rear
brakes
– When does wheel alignment have to be checked ⇒ page
444 ?

7.5 Renewing bonded rubber bush for wheel bearing housing

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Assembly tool -3301-


♦ Assembly tool -3350-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Press tool -3367-
♦ Carrier -3390-
♦ Assembly tool -3346-
Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 369


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Unscrew bolts -1-.


– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.
Vehicles with stone deflector

– Remove spreader rivets -1-.


– Remove bolts -2- for stone guard -3-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
Pressing out bonded rubber bush

1- Nut -3346/3-

370 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2- Thrust disc from assembly tool -3301-


3- Torque adapter -3390-
4- Sleeve from assembly tool -3350-
5- Nut
6- Spindle -3346/2-
– Pull out bonded rubber bush by turning nut -3346/3- -1-.
When doing this, counterhold spindle -3346/2- -6-.
Pulling in bonded rubber bush

Note

When pulling in, make sure that the tip of the spindle -3301/1-
does not rest against the wheel bearing housing.

♦ Do not use lubricant.


♦ Insert bearing carefully so it does not tilt.

1- Nut from assembly tool -3301-


2- Thrust disc from assembly tool -3301-
3- Thrust piece from assembly tool -3346-, with open side
facing towards wheel bearing housing
4- Wheel bearing housing
5- Bonded rubber bush
6- Thrust piece -3367/2-
7- Spindle -3301/1-
– Pull in bonded rubber bush by turning nut -3301- -1- just far
enough so that it is positioned right in front of wheel bearing
housing. When doing this, counterhold spindle -3301/1- -7-.
– Remove tools, and fit them again as shown in illustration.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 371


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1- Nut from assembly tool -3301-


2- Thrust disc from assembly tool -3301-
3- Thrust piece from assembly tool -3346-, with open side
facing towards wheel bearing housing
4- Wheel bearing housing
5- Thrust piece -3367/2-
6- Thrust piece -3301/2-
7- Spindle -3301/1-
– Pull in bonded rubber bush to stop by turning nut -3301- -1-.
When doing this, counterhold spindle -3301/1- -7-.
Installing
Perform further installation in reverse order, paying attention to
the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
• The threaded connections to the lower transverse link may
only be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight posi‐
tion ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
Torque settings
♦ ⇒ o7.1 verview – wheel bearing assembly”, page 340
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ o4.1.1 verview - anti-roll bar, multi-link suspension, front-
wheel drive”, page 298
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

7.6 Removing and installing trailing arm


with mounting bracket
⇒ a7.6.1 nd installing trailing arm with mounting bracket, except
for e-Golf”, page 372
⇒ a7.6.2 nd installing trailing arm with mounting bracket, e-
Golf”, page 376

7.6.1 Removing and installing trailing arm


with mounting bracket, except for e-
Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required

372 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Detach line -1- from trailing arm -2-. To do this push out
inner pin of retainer -arrows-.

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 373


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


track rod and press upwards slightly.
– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- one after the other.

– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from


under track rod.
– Detach wire -2- from mounting bracket -1-.

– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -1- on body.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove trailing arm with mounting bracket.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

374 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Tighten bolts -arrows- onto old impression marks or previ‐


ously applied marks.

– Secure line -2- on mounting bracket -1-.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
track rod and press upwards slightly.

– Screw in bolts -2- and -3- by hand.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
Do not tighten bolts securing trailing arm to wheel bearing hous‐
ing until all other suspension components (especially spring
and shock absorber) on that side are fitted. To tighten, wheel
suspension must be in extended position. Only then do trailing
arm and wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position
-arrows-.

– Installing spring ⇒ page 329 .


– Tighten bolts -2- and -3-.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 375


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install retainers -arrows- on trailing arm -2- for line -1-. To do


this push in inner pin of rivets.

After installation, wheel alignment must be checked on wheel


alignment unit ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

7.6.2 Removing and installing trailing arm


with mounting bracket, e-Golf
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

376 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
Only for work on right-hand side of vehicle
– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continuation for both sides
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove spring ⇒ page 329 .
– Detach line -1- from trailing arm -2-. To do this push out
inner pin of retainer -arrows-.

– Use tensioning straps -T10038- -1- to strap vehicle to sup‐


port beams of lifting platform on both sides.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 377


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

If the vehicle is not strapped down, it may slip off the lifting
platform.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


track rod and press upwards slightly.

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3- one after the other.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
– Press lugs -1- on both sides of cover -2- downwards.

– Slide cover -2- outwards in -direction of arrow-, and remove


it from deformation element.
– Pull line -1- off deformation element -2- -arrows-.

378 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -3-, and remove deformation element -2-.


– Detach line -1- from mounting bracket -2-.

– Mark installation position of bearing bracket -2- on body.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove trailing arm with mounting bracket.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten bolts -arrows- onto old impression marks or previ‐
ously applied marks.

– Attach line -1- to mounting bracket -2-.


– Insert deformation element -2-, and tighten bolts -3- onto old
impression marks.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 379


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert line -1- in deformation element -2- -arrows-.


– Slide cover -2- in opposite -direction of arrow- onto deforma‐
tion element.

– Lugs -1- of cover -2- must engage in deformation element.


– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under
track rod and press upwards slightly.

– Screw in bolts -2- and -3- by hand.


– Remove engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- from
under track rod.
Do not tighten bolts securing trailing arm to wheel bearing hous‐
ing until all other suspension components (especially spring
and shock absorber) on that side are fitted. To tighten, wheel
suspension must be in extended position. Only then do trailing

380 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

arm and wheel bearing housing move to the necessary position


-arrows-.

– Installing spring ⇒ page 329 .


– Tighten bolts -2- and -3-.

– Install retainers -arrows- on trailing arm -2- for line -1-. To do


this push in inner pin of rivets.

After installation, wheel alignment must be checked on wheel


alignment unit ⇒ page 444 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o7.2 verview - trailing arm”, page 343
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

7.7 Repairing trailing arm, standard trailing


arm bushes
Special tools and workshop equipment required

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 381


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Wheel bearing tube -3345-

♦ Assembly tool -3346-

♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-

♦ Press tool -VW 412-

382 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Thrust piece -T10496-

Type identification of trailing arm bushes

• The trailing arms bushes shown here differ in terms of re‐


moval and installation.
• Illustration -1- shows a hydro-bush.
• Illustration -2- shows a standard bush.
Removing
– Remove trailing arm with mounting bracket ⇒ a7.6 nd instal‐
ling trailing arm with mounting bracket”, page 372 .
– Clamp trailing arm -1- in vice using protective jaw covers.

– Undo bolt -2- and remove mounting bracket -3- from trailing
arm.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 383


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Marking position of bush on trailing arm


– Draw imaginary centre line through webs -1-.

– Using a felt-tip pen, mark extension of centre line -arrows-


on trailing arm.
Pressing off trailing arm bushes

Caution

Risk of injury if the applied tools are pulled at an angle when


pressing the bushes in and out.
♦ Collision with body parts possible.
• Make sure that the applied tools and the bushes are
kept straight.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.

1- Press tool -VW 412-


2- Tube -3346/1- from assembly tool -3346- (the deep recess
must face the bonded rubber bush)
3- Trailing arm
4- Trailing arm bush
5- Wheel bearing tube -3345-
6- Thrust plate -VW 402-

384 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press off trailing arm bush.


Pressing in trailing arm bushes
Position new trailing arm bush on trailing arm so that webs -1-
are aligned with markings -arrows- on trailing arm.

– Fit tools as shown in illustration.

1- Press tool -VW 412-


2- Thrust piece -T10496-
3- Bonded rubber bush
4- Trailing arm
5- Wheel bearing tube -3345-
6- Thrust plate -VW 402-
– Press in trailing arm bush as far as specified installation
depth.
Verifying installation depth
– Make sure that end position has been attained.

7. Wheel bearing assembly, trailing arm 385


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

WARNING

Risk of accidents from trailing arm bushes pressed in incor‐


rectly.
♦ Risk of personal injury.
• The installation depth specifications must be observed.

♦ Measuring point at trailing arm indentation -1-


♦ Measuring point at rubber bush -2-
♦ Dimension -a- = 14.8 mm
Determining position of mounting bracket in relation to trailing
arm
– Clamp trailing arm -2- in vice using protective jaw covers.

– Position mounting bracket -1- on trailing arm -2-.


– Screw in bolt -3-.
– Set dimension -a- to 37 mm and tighten bolt -3-.
– Install trailing arm with mounting bracket ⇒ a7.6 nd installing
trailing arm with mounting bracket”, page 372 .

386 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

8 Drive shaft
⇒ o8.1 verview – drive shaft”, page 387
⇒ a8.2 nd installing drive shaft”, page 389
⇒ a8.3 nd assembling drive shaft”, page 394
⇒ a8.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”, page
400
⇒ o8.5 uter constant velocity joint”, page 402
⇒ i8.6 nner constant velocity joint”, page 404

8.1 Assembly overview – drive shaft

8. Drive shaft 387


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Outer constant velocity


joint
❑ Renew only as com‐
plete unit
❑ Removing ⇒ page 396
❑ Installing: drive onto
shaft to stop using plas‐
tic hammer
❑ Distribute grease even‐
ly in joint
❑ Checking ⇒ page 402
2 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Before securing, clean
the threads in the CV
joint using a thread tap.
❑ 200 Nm +180° ⇒ page
400
3 - Drive shaft
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue
4 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 400
5 - Boot
❑ Check for splits and
chafing
❑ Material: Hytrel (poly‐
ester elastomer)
6 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 399
7 - Dished spring
❑ With inner splines
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 397
8 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Insert in groove in shaft
9 - Boot for constant velocity joint
❑ Material: Hytrel (polyester elastomer)
❑ Without breather hole
❑ Check for splits and chafing
❑ Drive off constant velocity joint with a drift
❑ Coat sealing surface of constant velocity joint with -D 454 300 A2- before installing.
10 - Clip
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Tightening ⇒ page 400
11 - Locking plate
12 - Multi-point socket head bolt
❑ Renew after removal

388 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021
❑ Pre-tighten diagonally to 10 Nm and then tighten diagonally to specified torque
❑ 40 Nm
13 - Cover
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Always renew
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 397
14 - Retaining ring
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Remove and install with snap ring pliers -VW 161 A-.
15 - Seal
❑ Renew after removal
❑ Adhesive surface on constant velocity joint must be free of oil and grease!
16 - Inner constant velocity joint
❑ Renew only as complete unit
❑ Distribute grease evenly in joint
❑ Pressing off ⇒ page 398
❑ Pressing on ⇒ page 398
❑ Checking ⇒ page 404
17 - Dished spring
❑ With inner splines
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 398

8.2 Removing and installing drive shaft


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Ejector -T10520-

8. Drive shaft 389


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

When removing and installing drive shafts, do not allow them


to hang free and stop against joints due to over bending.

Removing
– Loosen outer drive shaft threaded connection ⇒ a8.4 nd
tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”, page 400 .

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Remove coil springs ⇒ page 329 .
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.
– Unscrew bolts -1-.

– Remove bracket for rear left vehicle level sender -2-.


Vehicles with adaptive chassis control DCC
– Disconnect connector -1- on shock absorber -2-.

390 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull line -3- off shock absorber -2- -arrow-.

Note

If there is moisture in the area of the connector, blow com‐


pressed air on the contacts on the shock absorber and the
connector.

Vehicles with stone deflector


– Remove spreader rivets -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2- for stone deflector -3-.


Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -2-.

8. Drive shaft 391


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull coupling rod -2- out of anti-roll bar -3-.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows- for anti-roll bar -1-.

– Pull anti-roll bar -1- off subframe -2- and swing it down‐
wards.
– Unscrew nut -1- and pull out bolt -2- securing shock absorb‐
er.

– Unscrew nut -3- and pull out bolt -4- securing wheel bearing
housing.
– Unscrew bolt -1- for track rod -2- and remove.

392 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unbolt drive shaft at gearbox flange.


– Swing wheel bearing housing outwards and pull drive shaft
out of gearbox flange.
– Swing drive shaft downwards and remove from wheel bear‐
ing.
If the drive shaft cannot be pulled out of the wheel bearing by
hand, use ejector -T10520-.
Before using press tool -T10520- ensure that thrust piece -1- is
inserted.

Using removal tool -T10520-:


– To press out drive shaft -3-, secure ejector -T10520- -1- to
wheel hub using 3 wheel bolts -2-.

8. Drive shaft 393


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– It is essential to follow specified sequence.

I - Tighten knurled nut -1- hand-tight.


II - Turn only bolt -2- using a spanner in order to press out drive
shaft with removal tool -T10520-.

Note

At the end of the procedure or for pressing out drive shaft fur‐
ther, the spindle must be moved to its original position in order
to apply the hydraulic force.

– Remove drive shaft.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
• The threaded connections of the wheel bearing housing may
only be loosened and tightened in the unladen weight posi‐
tion ⇒ s2.8 uspension to unladen position (vehicles with coil
springs)”, page 6 .
• Before fitting the outer joint in the wheel hub, apply a thin
coat of assembly paste to the splines on the outer joint
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalogue “ETKA”.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o8.1 verview – drive shaft”, page 387
♦ ⇒ o5.1.2 verview - transverse link, multi-link suspension,
four-wheel drive”, page 306
♦ ⇒ o5.2.2 verview - track rod, multi-link suspension, four-
wheel drive”, page 308
♦ ⇒ o6.1.2 verview - suspension strut, shock absorber, spring,
multi-link suspension”, page 318
♦ ⇒ a2.4.2 nd installing rear left vehicle level senderG76, mul‐
ti-link suspension, front-wheel drive”, page 425
♦ ⇒ a8.4 nd tightening threaded connections of drive shaft”,
page 400
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

8.3 Dismantling and assembling drive shaft

394 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Thrust plate -VW 401-


♦ Thrust plate -VW 402-
♦ Press tool -VW 408 A-
♦ Press tool -VW 411-
♦ Tube -VW 416 B-
♦ Thrust plate -VW 447 H-

8. Drive shaft 395


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Circlip pliers -VW 161 A-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682-
♦ Assembly tool -T10065-
Dismantling
Driving off outer constant velocity joint

396 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Clamp drive shaft in vice using jaw protectors.


– Remove clips.
– Fold back boot.
– Drive constant velocity joint off drive shaft using drift -A-.
Drift must be positioned exactly on ball hub of constant velocity
joint.
Driving joint on
Installation position of dished spring at outer joint

1- Dished spring
– Fit new retaining ring.
– Use plastic-headed hammer to drive joint onto shaft until
retaining ring engages.
Driving off cover for inner joint

8. Drive shaft 397


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Pressing off inner constant velocity joint

– Press off protective boot off joint using a drift.


– Remove retaining ring.
– Remove both clips and slide boot towards outer joint.
Installing
Installation position of dished spring at inner joint

1- Dished spring
Pressing on inner constant velocity joint

398 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Chamfer on internal circumference of ball hub (splines) must


face contact shoulder on drive shaft.

– Press joint on to stop.


– Install retaining ring.
– Using bolts -arrows-, align new cover in relation to bolt
holes.

The alignment must be very accurate, because no further align‐


ment is possible once the part has been hammered on.
– Drive on cover with a plastic hammer.
Tighten clip on outer joint

8. Drive shaft 399


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Position clamp tensioner -V.A.G 1682- as shown in diagram.


Ensure jaws of tensioner lie in corners -arrows B- of ear on
O-type clip.
– Tighten clamp by turning spindle with a torque wrench (do
not cant pliers).

Note

♦ Due to the hard material of the protective bellows (compared


to rubber) and the necessity of using a stainless steel clip,
it is only possible to tension the clip with clamp tensioner
-V.A.G 1682-.
♦ Specified torque: 25 Nm.
♦ Use torque wrench -C- with setting range 5 … 50 Nm (e.g.
torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-).
♦ Ensure that the spindle thread -A- moves smoothly. Lubri‐
cate with MOS2 grease if necessary.
♦ If the spindle is tight owing to the thread being dirty, for
example, the force required to tighten the clip will not be
attained in spite of correct specified torque.

Tightening clip on small diameter

8.4 Loosening and tightening threaded


connections of drive shaft
Special tools and workshop equipment required

400 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Socket, 24 mm -T10361A-

♦ Torque angle wrench -V.A.G 1756 A-

Caution

Wheel bearings must not be subjected to load after bolt se‐


curing drive shaft to wheel hub has been loosened.
If wheel bearings are loaded with weight of vehicle, bearing
will be damaged. This reduces the service life of the wheel
bearing.
It is not permissible to loosen drive shaft bolt more than 90° if
vehicle is standing on its wheels.
Do not attempt to move the vehicle without the drive shafts
fitted as this would damage the wheel bearing. If a vehicle
must nevertheless be moved, comply with the following:
♦ Install an outer joint instead of the drive shaft.
♦ Tighten outer joint to 120 Nm.

Loosen outer bolt on drive shaft.


– To avoid damage to wheel bearing, do not loosen bolt using
24 mm socket -T10361A- further than 90° with vehicle still
standing on its wheels.
– Raise vehicle so that wheels are off the ground.
– Have second mechanic apply brakes.
– Unscrew bolt -arrow-.

8. Drive shaft 401


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Tighten outer bolt on drive shaft.


– Renew bolt for outer end of drive shaft.

Note

It must be ensured that the wheels do not yet touch the floor
when the drive shaft is being tightened. Otherwise the wheel
bearing may be damaged.

– Have second mechanic apply brakes.


– Tighten bolt to 200 Nm.
– Lower vehicle onto its wheels.
– Turn bolt 180° further.

8.5 Checking outer constant velocity joint


The joint is to be dismantled to renew the grease if it is heavily
soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and
damage.
Removing
– Before dismantling, mark position of ball hub in relation to
ball cage and joint body with an electric scriber or oil stone
-arrow-.

– Swivel ball hub and ball cage and take out balls one after the
other.
– Turn cage until the two rectangular windows -arrow- lie on
joint body.

402 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Take out cage with hub.


– Swivel one segment of the hub into one of the cage open‐
ings.

– Tip hub out of cage.

Note

♦ The 6 balls for each joint belong to a tolerance group. Check


stub axle, hub, cage and balls for small indentations (pitting)
and traces of seizing.
♦ Excessive backlash in the joint will be noticed as load
change jolts. In such cases the joint must be renewed.
♦ Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to
change the joint.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Press half of the total amount of grease from repair kit into
the joint body.
– Fit cage with hub into joint body.

Note

Make sure cage is inserted in correct position (i.e. sides facing


in same direction as original position).

– Press in opposing balls one after the other; the original posi‐
tion of the hub relative to the cage and joint body must be
restored.
– Fit new retaining ring on shaft.

8. Drive shaft 403


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Distribute remaining grease in boot.

8.6 Checking inner constant velocity joint


The joint is to be dismantled to renew the grease if it is heavily
soiled, or to check the running surfaces of the balls for wear and
damage.

Note

The ball hub and joint body are paired. Mark position in relation
to each other with a waterproof felt-tip pen prior to removal.

Removing

– Swing ball hub and ball cage.


– Press out joint body in direction of arrow.
– Press balls out of cage.
– Tip ball hub out of ball cage via ball track -arrows-.

– Check joint body, ball hub, ball cage and balls for pitting and
traces of seizing.

Note

Excessive circumferential backlash in the joint is noticeable dur‐


ing load change jolt. In this case the joint must be replaced.
Smoothing and traces of wear of the balls are no reason to
renew the joint.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

404 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Insert hub into cage via the two chamfers. The hub can be
installed in any position. Press balls into cage.
– Insert hub with cage and balls at a right angle to joint body.
When inserting, note that wide spacing -a- on joint piece always
lies together with narrow spacing -b- on hub after being swivel‐
led in.

Chamfer on internal diameter of ball hub (splines) must face


large diameter of joint body.
– Also take note of chamfer on interior diameter of ball hub. It
must be visible after swivelling in.
– Swivel in ball hub, at the same time the hub must be swivel‐
led out of the cage -arrows- far enough to allow the balls to
fit into the ball tracks.

8. Drive shaft 405


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Swivel in hub with balls by applying firm pressure to cage


-arrow-.

Check function of constant velocity joint:


The constant velocity joint is correctly assembled if the ball hub
can be moved by hand backwards and forwards over its entire
range of axial movement.

406 Rep. gr.42 - Rear suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

43 – Self-levelling suspension
1 Electronically controlled damping
system
⇒ o1.1 verview - electronically controlled damping system”,
page 407
⇒ a1.2.1 nd installing electronically controlled damping control
unitJ250, saloon”, page 413
⇒ a1.3 nd installing front body acceleration senders G341/
G342”, page 416
⇒ a1.4 nd installing rear body acceleration senderG343”, page
417

1.1 Assembly overview - electronically


controlled damping system
⇒ o1.1.1 verview - electronically controlled damping system,
torsion beam axle, saloon”, page 407
⇒ o1.1.2 verview - electronically controlled damping system,
multi-link suspension, saloon”, page 409
⇒ o1.1.3 verview - electronically controlled damping system,
multi-link suspension, variant”, page 411

1.1.1 Assembly overview - electronically controlled damping system, torsion


beam axle, saloon

1. Electronically controlled damping system 407


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Front right vehicle level


sender -G289-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 422
2 - Front right body accelera‐
tion sender -G342-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 416
3 - Rear left body acceleration
sender -G699-
❑ Location: on left sus‐
pension strut dome be‐
hind left luggage com‐
partment side trim.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 417
4 - Electronically controlled
damping control unit -J250-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 413
❑ Location: electronical‐
ly controlled damping
control unit -J250- is in‐
stalled behind left side
panel trim in luggage
compartment.
❑ Function “Replace con‐
trol unit” must be per‐
formed with ⇒ Vehi‐
cle diagnostic tester if
electronically controlled
damping control unit -
J250- is renewed.
❑ If the reference position
has been re-adapted,
the front camera for
driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehicles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront
camera for assist systems”, page 480 .
5 - Rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 424
6 - Front left body acceleration sender -G341-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 416
7 - Front left vehicle level sender -G78-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 422
8 - Shock absorber with front right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N337-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .
9 - Shock absorber with rear right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N339-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .
10 - Shock absorber with rear left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N338-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .
11 - Shock absorber with front left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N336-

408 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .

1.1.2 Assembly overview - electronically controlled damping system, multi-link


suspension, saloon

1. Electronically controlled damping system 409


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Front right vehicle level


sender -G289-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 422
2 - Front right body accelera‐
tion sender -G342-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 416
3 - Body acceleration sender,
rear -G343-
❑ Location: on left sus‐
pension strut dome be‐
hind left luggage com‐
partment side trim.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 417
4 - Electronically controlled
damping control unit -J250-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 413
❑ Location: electronical‐
ly controlled damping
control unit -J250- is in‐
stalled behind left side
panel trim in luggage
compartment.
❑ Function “Replace con‐
trol unit” must be per‐
formed with ⇒ Vehi‐
cle diagnostic tester if
electronically controlled
damping control unit -
J250- is renewed.
❑ If the reference position
has been re-adapted,
the front camera for
driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehicles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront
camera for assist systems”, page 480 .
5 - Rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
❑ Removing and installing, front-wheel drive ⇒ page 425
❑ Removing and installing, four-wheel drive ⇒ page 426
6 - Front left body acceleration sender -G341-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 416
7 - Front left vehicle level sender -G78-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 422
8 - Shock absorber with front right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N337-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .
9 - Shock absorber with rear right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N339-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .
10 - Shock absorber with rear left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N338-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .

410 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

11 - Shock absorber with front left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N336-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .

1.1.3 Assembly overview - electronically controlled damping system, multi-link


suspension, variant

1. Electronically controlled damping system 411


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Front right vehicle level


sender -G289-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 422
2 - Front right body accelera‐
tion sender -G342-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 416
3 - Rear left body acceleration
sender -G699-
❑ Location: on left sus‐
pension strut dome be‐
hind left luggage com‐
partment side trim.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 417
4 - Electronically controlled
damping control unit -J250-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 414
❑ Location: electronical‐
ly controlled damping
control unit -J250- is in‐
stalled behind left side
panel trim in luggage
compartment.
❑ Function “Replace con‐
trol unit” must be per‐
formed with ⇒ Vehi‐
cle diagnostic tester if
electronically controlled
damping control unit -
J250- is renewed.
❑ If the reference position
has been re-adapted,
the front camera for
driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehicles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront
camera for assist systems”, page 480 .
5 - Rear left vehicle level sender -G76-
❑ Removing and installing, front-wheel drive ⇒ page 425
❑ Removing and installing, four-wheel drive ⇒ page 426
6 - Front left body acceleration sender -G341-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 416
7 - Front left vehicle level sender -G78-
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 422
8 - Shock absorber with front right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N337-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .
9 - Shock absorber with rear right shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N339-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .
10 - Shock absorber with rear left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N338-.
❑ Removing and installing shock absorber ⇒ page 319 .
❑ Repairing shock absorber ⇒ page 326 .

412 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

11 - Shock absorber with front left shock absorber damper adjustment valve -N336-
❑ Removing and installing suspension strut ⇒ page 97 .
❑ Repairing suspension strut ⇒ page 108 .

1.2 Removing and installing electronically


controlled damping control unit -J250-
⇒ a1.2.1 nd installing electronically controlled damping control
unitJ250, saloon”, page 413
⇒ a1.2.2 nd installing electronically controlled damping control
unitJ250, variant”, page 414

1.2.1 Removing and installing electronically


controlled damping control unit -J250-,
saloon
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester
Removing
Location: electronically controlled damping control unit -J250- is
installed behind left side panel trim in luggage compartment.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Withdraw ignition key.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim.
– Release release lever -1- in -direction of arrow-.

– Unplug electrical connector -2-.

1. Electronically controlled damping system 413


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Press lugs -3- and -4- to rear.


– Slide electronically controlled damping control unit -J250- -5-
downwards out of retainer -6-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Function “Replace control unit” must be performed with
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester if electronically controlled damp‐
ing control unit -J250- has been renewed.
– If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front cam‐
era for driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehi‐
cles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront camera
for assist systems”, page 480 .

1.2.2 Removing and installing electronically


controlled damping control unit -J250-,
variant
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester
Removing
Location: electronically controlled damping control unit -J250- is
installed behind left side panel trim in luggage compartment.
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Withdraw ignition key.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim.
– Remove tool bag.
– Release lugs -arrows-.

– Remove bracket -1-.


– Unclip control unit -1- from bracket -2-.

414 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull out release -1- in direction of -arrow-.

– Unplug electrical connector -2-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Push control unit -1- into bracket -2- until lug -arrow- engag‐
es in bracket.

1. Electronically controlled damping system 415


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Function “Replace control unit” must be performed with


⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester if electronically controlled damp‐
ing control unit -J250- has been renewed.
– If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front cam‐
era for driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehi‐
cles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront camera
for assist systems”, page 480 .

1.3 Removing and installing front body ac‐


celeration senders -G341-/-G342-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Pull seal off entire length of plenum chamber cover.
– Detach clips.
– Lift plenum chamber cover -1- not more than 60 mm.

a - 60 mm
– Release and pull off electrical connector -1-.

416 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -2-.


– Remove front body acceleration sender.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert front body acceleration sender -1- so that connector
-arrow- points to rear (opposite to normal direction of travel).

– Tighten bolt -2- for front body acceleration sender -1-.


Installation position: angle tolerance -a- is ±10°. Installation po‐
sition of front body acceleration sender may deviate by this
angle along the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
– Perform basic setting of wheel damper electronics ⇒ Vehicle
diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Front body acceleration send‐ 8 Nm
er to body

1.4 Removing and installing rear body ac‐


celeration sender -G343-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Remove left luggage compartment side trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70; Luggage compartment trims;
Removing and installing luggage compartment side trim.
– Release and pull off electrical connector -1-.

1. Electronically controlled damping system 417


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -2-, and remove rear body acceleration sender


-G343- -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Insert rear body acceleration sender -G343- -1- so that lug
-arrow A- engages into hole -arrow B-.

– Perform basic setting of wheel damper electronics ⇒ Vehicle


diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
Component Specified torque
Rear body acceleration sender 8 Nm
-G343- to body

418 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Vehicle level sender


⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419
⇒ o2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders”, page 420
⇒ a2.3 nd installing front vehicle level senders G78/G289”, page
422
⇒ a2.4 nd installing rear vehicle level senders G76/G77”, page
424

2.1 Assembly overview - front vehicle level senders

Note

The front left/right vehicle level sender -G78/G289- is only available as a replacement part complete with
coupling rod and upper and lower retaining plates.

1 - Suspension link
2 - Subframe
3 - Electrical connector
4 - Front left vehicle level
sender -G78- and front right
vehicle level sender -G289-
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
❑ Lever must face out‐
wards
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 422
❑ Perform basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
5 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 8 Nm

2. Vehicle level sender 419


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level


senders
⇒ o2.2.1 verview - vehicle rear level sender, torsion beam axle”,
page 420
⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link suspen‐
sion, front-wheel drive”, page 421
⇒ o2.2.3 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link suspen‐
sion, four-wheel drive”, page 421

2.2.1 Assembly overview - vehicle rear level sender, torsion beam axle

Note

The rear left vehicle level sender -G76- is only available as a replacement part complete with coupling rod
and upper and lower retaining plates.

1 - Electrical connector
2 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
3 - Rear left vehicle level
sender -G76-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 424
❑ Perform basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Axle beam
6 - Mounting bracket

420 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2.2.2 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link suspension,


front-wheel drive

Note

The vehicle level sender is available as a replacement part only complete with coupling rod and upper and
lower retaining plates.

1 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
2 - Vehicle level sender at
rear
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
❑ Lever must face out‐
wards
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 424
❑ Perform basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
3 - Pop rivet nut
4 - Electrical connector
5 - Pop rivet nut
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

2.2.3 Assembly overview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link suspension,


four-wheel drive

Note

The vehicle level sender is available as a replacement part only complete with coupling rod and upper and
lower retaining plates.

2. Vehicle level sender 421


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Pop rivet nut


2 - Electrical connector
3 - Pop rivet nut
4 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
5 - Vehicle level sender at
rear
❑ Complete with attach‐
ments
❑ Lever must face out‐
wards
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 424
❑ Perform basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

2.3 Removing and installing front vehicle


level senders -G78-/-G289-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

422 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew nut -1-.

– Pull bracket -2- for front left vehicle level sender -G78- or
front right vehicle level sender -G289- out of suspension link
-3-.
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Remove front left vehicle level sender -G78- and/or front


right vehicle level sender -G289-, as applicable.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

♦ The lever of the vehicle level sender must point towards the
outside of the vehicle.
♦ Thread of vehicle level sender must be screwed into outer
hole in suspension link. Retaining lug for vehicle level send‐
er must engage in inner hole in order to guarantee correct
installation position.

2. Vehicle level sender 423


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

• Perform basic setting ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


• If the reference position has been re-adapted, the front cam‐
era for driver assist systems must be recalibrated on vehi‐
cles with lane departure warning function ⇒ f3.1 ront camera
for assist systems”, page 480 .
• Carry out basic setting of headlights ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94; Headlights; Adjusting headlights.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview - front vehicle level senders”, page 419

2.4 Removing and installing rear vehicle


level senders -G76-/-G77-
⇒ a2.4.1 nd installing rear left vehicle level senderG76, torsion
beam axle”, page 424
⇒ a2.4.2 nd installing rear left vehicle level senderG76, multi-
link suspension, front-wheel drive”, page 425
⇒ a2.4.3 nd installing rear left vehicle level senderG76, multi-
link suspension, four-wheel drive”, page 426

2.4.1 Removing and installing rear left vehi‐


cle level sender -G76-, torsion beam
axle
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

424 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -4-.


– Remove rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The lever of the rear left vehicle level sender -G76- must face
towards rear of vehicle.

– Carry out basic setting of vehicle level sender ⇒ Vehicle


diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.2.1 verview - vehicle rear level sender, torsion beam
axle”, page 420

2.4.2 Removing and installing rear left vehi‐


cle level sender -G76-, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

2. Vehicle level sender 425


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3-.


– Take out rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The lever of rear left vehicle level sender -G76- must point to
outer side of vehicle.

– Carry out basic setting of vehicle level sender ⇒ Vehicle


diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421

2.4.3 Removing and installing rear left vehi‐


cle level sender -G76-, multi-link sus‐
pension, four-wheel drive
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1410-

Removing
– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.

426 Rep. gr.43 - Self-levelling suspension


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -2- and -3-.


– Take out rear left vehicle level sender -G76- -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Note

The lever of rear left vehicle level sender -G76- must point to
outer side of vehicle.

– Carry out basic setting of vehicle level sender ⇒ Vehicle


diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.2.2 verview - rear vehicle level senders, multi-link sus‐
pension, front-wheel drive”, page 421

2. Vehicle level sender 427


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

44 – Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


1 Wheel alignment
⇒ f1.1 or wheel alignment”, page 428
⇒ f1.2 or testing”, page 429
⇒ p1.3 reparations”, page 429
⇒ f1.4 or wheel alignment”, page 431
⇒ v1.5 ehicle to initial position for wheel alignment”, page 442
⇒ a1.6 lignment procedure”, page 443
⇒ o1.7 f wheel alignment”, page 444
⇒ c1.8 amber at front wheels”, page 446
⇒ c1.9 amber on rear axle”, page 448
⇒ t1.10 oe at rear axle”, page 450
⇒ f1.11 ront axle toe”, page 451
⇒ r1.12 unout compensation”, page 452
⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page 453
⇒ m1.14 aximum wheel lock”, page 453

1.1 Notes for wheel alignment


Wheel alignment must be performed only using a VW/AUDI-ap‐
proved wheel alignment unit!
Whenever wheels are aligned, both the front and rear axles
must be measured.
– Carry alignment out with the wheel alignment computer.
All the information on wheel alignment can be found in the
wheel alignment computer.
Current data »updates« are located in VW ServiceNet.
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Wheel alignment; Beissbarth
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Wheel alignment; Hunter
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Wheel alignment; Corghi
⇒ VW ServiceNet; Systems; Wheel alignment computer soft‐
ware; Wheel alignment; John Bean

Note

♦ Wheel alignment should not be checked before the vehicle


has completed 2000 km because the coil springs must set‐
tle.
♦ When making adjustments, adhere to the relevant specifica‐
tions as closely as possible.
♦ Whenever adjustments are made to the running gear, al‐
ways check whether any driver assist systems must be reca‐
librated following the adjustments.

428 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Crabbing and accident damaged vehicles


This may be due to the rack in the steering rack not being
exactly centred when vehicle is driven in a straight line.
Power steering assistance is thereby slightly one sided, rather
than central. The vehicle will pull to one side as a consequence.
When checking the alignment of a “vehicle which pulls to one
side”, always ensure that the steering rack is centred.
Observe ⇒ p1.4 recautions when working on subframe”, page
2.

1.2 Conditions for testing


• Check wheel suspension, wheel bearing assembly and
steering for excessive play and damage.
• Tread depth difference of no more than 2 mm on one axle.
• Tyres inflated to correct pressures.
• Vehicle unladen.
• Fuel tank must be full.
• Spare wheel and vehicle tools are stowed in correct loca‐
tions.
• Windscreen washer fluid reservoir must be full.
• When checking wheel alignment, ensure that sliding plates
and turn tables are not touching end stop.
Please note the following:
• The test equipment must be properly adjusted and attached
to the vehicle; observe device manufacturer's operating in‐
structions.
If necessary, ask the manufacturer to show you how to use the
wheel alignment machine.
Wheel alignment platforms and wheel alignment computers can
lose their original calibration over a period of time.
In the course of inspection and maintenance, wheel alignment
platforms and computers should be checked and, if necessary,
adjusted at least once per year.
– Handle these highly sensitive devices carefully and consci‐
entiously.

1.3 Test preparations


⇒ p1.3.1 reparations, wheel alignment with no driver assist sys‐
tems”, page 429
⇒ p1.3.2 reparations, wheel alignment with driver assist sys‐
tems”, page 431

1.3.1 Test preparations, wheel alignment with no driver assist systems

1. Wheel alignment 429


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Wheel alignment computer -V.A.G 1813F- or VW/Audi-ap‐


proved wheel alignment units
♦ Brake pedal depressor -V.A.G 1869/2-
♦ Insert tool, 18 mm -T10179-
♦ Shock absorber tool set -T10001-
The existing lateral runout of the wheel must be compensated
for. Otherwise, the result of the measurement will be incorrect.
If runout compensation is not performed, it is not possible to
adjust toe-in correctly!
Please follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the wheel
alignment equipment.
– Carry out wheel runout compensation.
– Apply brake pedal depressor -V.A.G 1869/2-.
– Use brake pedal depressor to depress brake pedal.

430 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Preparations required before calibration of driver assist systems

1.3.2 Test preparations, wheel alignment


with driver assist systems
The following steps are required if one or more driver assist
systems on the vehicle are to be calibrated via the “Quick-start”
procedure (i.e. without first checking and adjusting the wheel
alignment):
• Before driving the vehicle onto the alignment platform, make
sure there is sufficient space between the vehicle and the
calibration unit. The distance between the calibrating device
and the vehicle must be 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
• If the available space is not adequate, move the vehicle
backwards on the alignment platform as required. This al‐
lows the use of the respective floor area.
• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and recti‐
fy any faults.
• Vehicle accurately aligned, suspension bounced and rocked
several times.
• When checking wheel alignment, ensure that sliding plates
and turn tables are not touching end stop.
• Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Battery; Charging battery.
• Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.
• Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester to vehicle, route diag‐
nostic cable through open door window.
• Vehicle exterior lighting switched off.
• All doors of vehicle are closed.
• Press button to select required calibration on wheel align‐
ment computer.

1.4 Specifications for wheel alignment


⇒ f1.4.1 or wheel alignment, torsion beam axle, Golf”, page 431
⇒ f1.4.2 or wheel alignment, torsion beam axle, Golf Estate”,
page 433
⇒ f1.4.3 or wheel alignment, multi-link suspension, Golf”, page
435
⇒ v1.4.4 alues for wheel alignment, multi-link suspension, Golf
Estate, Golf Estate R, Golf Alltrack”, page 438
⇒ v1.4.5 alues for wheel alignment, multi-link suspension, e-
Golf”, page 441

1.4.1 Specifications for wheel alignment, torsion beam axle, Golf


These specifications apply to all engines.

1. Wheel alignment 431


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page


453 .
Front axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G05/ G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G02+2UQ
G07 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH, G04
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G07/G24/G25/G
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP 27
G17/G21/G26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10′
Camber (in straight-ahead posi‐ -30′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -16′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
tion) 1)
Maximum permissible difference max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′
between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° steer‐ 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
ing angle 2)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′ max. 30′
between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 433 383 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm

1) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the sub‐


frame slightly.
2) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel
alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

These specifications apply to all engines.


Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle BlueMotion Natural gas
PR numbers G01+2UC+GM1 G01/G02/G05/G07
G01+2UP G16/G18/G22+2UA
G02+2UC+GM1
G07+2UC
G21/G26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead posi‐ -41′ ± 30' -30′ ± 30'
tion) 3)
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30′
between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° steer‐ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 19′ ± 20′
ing angle 4)
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30′ max. 30′
between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 433 368 ± 10 mm 383 ± 10 mm
3) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
4) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Rear axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′

432 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Rear axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Total track (at prescribed cam‐ 20′ ± 12' 24′ ± 12' 26′ ± 12' 23′ ± 12'
ber)
Max. permissible deviation from max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 433 385 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm 375 ± 10 mm

Rear axle BlueMotion Natural gas


Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Total track (at prescribed cam‐ 24′ ± 12' 20′ ± 12'
ber)
Max. permissible deviation from max. 20' max. 20'
direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 433 370 ± 10 mm 385 ± 10 mm

Measuring ride height

– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.

1.4.2 Specifications for wheel alignment, torsion beam axle, Golf Estate
These specifications apply to all engines.
Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/ G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G03+2UQ
G05 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G03+2UF
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP G24/G25/G27
G14,G17,G21/G
26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10′
Camber (in straight-ahead posi‐ -30′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -16′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
tion) 5)
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
between sides

1. Wheel alignment 433


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Front axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/ G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G03+2UQ
G05 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G03+2UF
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP G24/G25/G27
G14,G17,G21/G
26
Toe-out on turns with 20° steer‐ 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
ing angle 6)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 435 383 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm

These specifications apply to all engines.


Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle BlueMotion Natural gas
PR numbers G01+2UC+GM1 G19
G01+2UP
G02+2UC+GM1
G07+2UC
G21/G26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead posi‐ -41′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
tion) 5)
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° steer‐ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
ing angle 6)
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 435 368 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm
5) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
6) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Rear axle Standard run‐ Sports running Raised running DCC running
ning gear gear gear gear
Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′
Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Total track (at prescribed cam‐ 20′ ± 12' 24′ ± 12' 26′ ± 12' 23′ ± 12'
ber)
Max. permissible deviation from max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 435 385 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm 375 ± 10 mm

Rear axle BlueMotion Natural gas


Camber -1° ± 10′ -1° ± 10′

434 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Rear axle BlueMotion Natural gas


Maximum permissible difference max. 30' max. 30'
between sides
Total track (at prescribed cam‐ 24′ ± 12' 20′ ± 12'
ber)
Max. permissible deviation from max. 20' max. 20'
direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 435 370 ± 10 mm 385 ± 10 mm

Measuring ride height

– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.

1.4.3 Specifications for wheel alignment, multi-link suspension, Golf


These specifications apply to all engines.
Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G05/G G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G02+2UQ
07 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G07+2UF G04
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP G24/G25/G27
G17/G21/G26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -30′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -16′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
sition) 7)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
steering angle 8)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 438 383 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm
7) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
8) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

These specifications apply to all engines.

1. Wheel alignment 435


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page


453 .
Front axle GTI GTD Golf R 18" Golf R 19"
Golf R GTI Clubsport
GTI Clubsport with adaptive
chassis control
DCC
PR numbers G06+2UC G05+2UJ+GM03 G04+2UK+1N7 G04+2UK+QZ0
G06+2UC+GM1 G06+2UC+GM0 G04+2UL+1N7 G04+2UL+QZ0
+A8H 3 G11+1N7 G11+QZ0
G06+2UC+GM3 G02+2UC+GM1 G12+1N7 G12+QZ0
+A8G +A8G G28+1N7 G28+QZ0
G06+2UJ G06+2UC+GM1 G31 G31,G34
G04+2UM +A8G
G10+GM3+A8G G05+2UJ
G10+GM1+A8H G08/G32/G10
G09,G13,G29
G10+E3A
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -41′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -44′ ± 30' -44′ ± 30'
sition) 9)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 38′ ± 20′ 1° 38′ ± 20′
steering angle 10)
Caster 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 438 368 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 363 ± 10 mm 363 ± 10 mm
9) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
10) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

These specifications apply to all engines.


Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle GTI Clubsport S GTI, heavy-duty GTE
running gear
PR numbers G34+E14 G06 +2UN G20/G23
Total toe (without load) 0′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -2° ± 30′ -30′ ± 30' -30′ ± 30'
sition) 11)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 34′ ± 20′ 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 19′ ± 20′
steering angle 12)
Caster 7° 50′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 23′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 438 363 ± 10 mm 383 ± 10 mm 383 ± 10 mm
11) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
12) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

These specifications apply to all engines.

436 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page


453 .
Front axle Special vehicles Special vehicles
Standard running Raised running
gear gear
PR numbers 1JA UC7
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -30′ ± 30' -30′ ± 30'
sition) 13)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′
steering angle 14)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 438 383 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm
13) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
14) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Rear axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 438 385 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm 375 ± 10 mm

Rear axle GTI GTD Golf R 18" Golf R 19"


Golf R GTI Clubsport
GTI Clubsport with adaptive
chassis control
DCC
Camber -1° 45′ ± 30′ -1° 35′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 16′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 438 370 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 365 ± 10 mm 365 ± 10 mm

Rear axle GTI Clubsport S GTI, heavy-duty GTE


running gear
Camber -2° 15′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides

1. Wheel alignment 437


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Rear axle GTI Clubsport S GTI, heavy-duty GTE


running gear
Total track (at prescribed 20′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 438 365 ± 10 mm 385 ± 10 mm 395 ± 10 mm

Rear axle Special vehicles Special vehicles


Standard running Raised running
gear gear
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 438 385 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm

Measuring ride height

– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.

1.4.4 Specified values for wheel alignment,


multi-link suspension, Golf Estate, Golf
Estate R, Golf Alltrack
These specifications apply to all engines.
Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/G G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G03+2UQ
05 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G07+2UF
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP
G14,G17,G21,G
26
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -30′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -16′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
sition) 15)

438 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Front axle Standard running Sports running Raised running DCC running
gear gear gear gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/G G01/G02/G06/G G01+2UF G03+2UQ
05 07 G02+2UF G03+2UH
G16/G18/ G21+ 2UC G07+2UF
G22+2UA G01/G14+2UP
G14,G17,G21,G
26
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
steering angle 16)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 33′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 441 383 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm
15) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
16) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Front axle Alltrack Alltrack DCC GTD Golf Estate R


PR numbers G24/G25 G27 G05+2UJ+GM03 G28+1N7 (18")
G06+2UC+GM0 G28+QZ0 (19")
3 G31 (18"/19")
G02+2UC+GM1
+A8G
G06+2UC+GM1
+A8G
G05+2UJ
G08,G32
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -16′ ± 30' -16′ ± 30' -41′ ± 30' -44′ ± 30'
sition) 17)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 30′ ± 20′ 1° 38′ ± 20'
steering angle 18)
Caster 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′ 7° 45′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 441 397 ± 10 mm 392 ± 10 mm 368 ± 10 mm 363 ± 10 mm
17) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
18) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Front axle Special vehicles Special vehicles Natural gas


Standard running Raised running
gear gear
PR numbers 1JA UC7 G19
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10' 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -30′ ± 30' -30′ ± 30' -36′ ± 30'
sition) 19)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′ 1° 09′ ± 20′ 1° 26′ ± 20′
steering angle 20)

1. Wheel alignment 439


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Front axle Special vehicles Special vehicles Natural gas


Standard running Raised running
gear gear
PR numbers 1JA UC7 G19
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′ 7° 09′ ± 30′ 7° 38′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 441 383 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 373 ± 10 mm
19) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the subframe slightly.
20) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Rear axle Standard running Sports running Sports running Raised running
gear gear gear, Golf Estate gear
R
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 16′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 441 385 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm

Rear axle DCC running Alltrack Alltrack DCC GTD


gear
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 35′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 441 375 ± 10 mm 398 ± 10 mm 393 ± 10 mm 370 ± 10 mm

Rear axle Special vehicles Special vehicles Natural gas


Standard running Raised running
gear gear
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 20′ ± 30′ -1° 45′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30' max. 30' max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′ 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20' max. 20' max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 441 385 ± 10 mm 400 ± 10 mm 385 ± 10 mm

440 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Measuring ride height

– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.

1.4.5 Specified values for wheel alignment, multi-link suspension, e-Golf


These specifications apply to all engines.
Explanations regarding PR numbers ⇒ d1.13 ata sticker”, page
453 .
Front axle Standard running
gear
PR numbers G01/G02/G07/G
18/G22+2UA
Total toe (without load) 10′ ± 10'
Camber (in straight-ahead po‐ -30′ ± 30'
sition) 21)
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30'
ence between sides
Toe-out on turns with 20° 1° 19′ ± 20′
steering angle 22)
Caster 7° 23′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30'
ence between sides
Ride height ⇒ page 442 383 ± 10 mm

21) Camber cannot be adjusted. Corrections are possible by moving the sub‐
frame slightly.
22) The toe-out on turns can be displayed as a negative value on the wheel
alignment computer, depending on the manufacturer.

Rear axle Standard running


gear
Camber -1° 20′ ± 30′
Maximum permissible differ‐ max. 30'
ence between sides
Total track (at prescribed 10′ ± 10′
camber)
Max. permissible deviation max. 20'
from direction of travel
Ride height ⇒ page 442 385 ± 10 mm

1. Wheel alignment 441


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Measuring ride height

– The dimension -a- between the centre of the wheel hub and
the lower edge of the wheel housing defines the ride height.

1.5 Setting vehicle to initial position for


wheel alignment
If measured values are outside specified tolerances, this may
be because the vehicle is inclined.

Right-hand drive vehicles or e.g. vehicles with an automatic


gearbox may lean to one side slightly.
This is due to the installation position of the assemblies and
their associated weight transfer and is normal.
– In such cases it is essential to measure dimension -a- at the
rear on both sides.
– Correct any differences as required.
On the front axle, compensate by adding weights to the top of
the respective suspension turret.
On the rear axle, compensate by adding weights to the respec‐
tive side of the luggage compartment.
Sand-filled sacks (weighing approx. 10 kg) are suitable for this.

442 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1.6 Wheel alignment procedure


Always adhere to the following procedure.

Note

The vehicle must always be in unladen condition when measur‐


ing wheel alignment ⇒ page 6 .

– Take note of the information in the wheel alignment unit.

Alignment procedure

Start → Carry out wheel runout → Bounce springs.


compensation.

Turn steering wheel to ← Measure vehicle height. ← Fit brake pedal depressor -V.A.G
straight-ahead position 1869/2-
and fix in place 23).

Check front axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 446
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check rear axle camber → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Checking (torsion beam axle) ⇒
page 448
Adjusting (multi-link suspension)
⇒ page 448
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check rear axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Checking (torsion beam axle) ⇒
page 450
Adjusting (multi-link suspension)
⇒ page 450

1. Wheel alignment 443


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check front axle caster → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← yes Inspect axle components and
body
↓ ↓
↓ ← ← ← ← ←

Check front axle toe → Is actual value within toler‐ → no
ance?
↓ ↓
End ← yes Adjusting ⇒ page 451
↑ ↓
↑ ← ← ← ← ←
23) If steering wheel is not centred, it must be straightened after wheel alignment is finished. Then carry out basic setting for steering
angle sender -G85- using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Note

♦ If adjustments have been made to the suspension after a


wheel alignment check on vehicles with ESP or ABS, the
steering angle sender -G85- must be calibrated using the
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
♦ If any changes are made to the rear wheel alignment set‐
tings, the following driver assist systems must be recalibra‐
ted:
♦ Lane departure warning (Audi lane assist) ⇒ f3.1 ront cam‐
era for assist systems”, page 480 ,
♦ ACC ⇒ a2.1.1 daptive cruise control, Golf 2013, Golf Estate
2014, to WEEK 22/16”, page 455 .

1.7 Necessity of wheel alignment


⇒ o1.7.1 f wheel alignment, torsion beam axle”, page 444
⇒ o1.7.2 f wheel alignment, multi-link suspension”, page 445

1.7.1 Necessity of wheel alignment, torsion


beam axle
Wheel alignment is necessary if:
♦ The vehicle does not handle properly.
♦ Vehicle has been involved in an accident and components
have been renewed.
♦ Axle components are removed or renewed.
♦ Tyres wear on one side

444 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Components have been renewed


Front axle component was Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
renewed newed
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X Shock absorbers X
Bonded rubber bush X Coil spring X
for suspension link
Wheel bearing housing X Axle beam X
Track rod/track rod ball X
joint
Steering rack X
Subframe X
Suspension strut X
Anti-roll bar X 24)
24) Prerequisite: the subframe and brackets were fixed in position before removing ⇒ page 80 .

Components removed and installed


Front axle component re‐ Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
moved and reinstalled moved and reinstalled
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X 25)
Shock absorbers X
Wheel bearing housing X Coil spring X
Track rod/track rod ball X Axle beam X
joint
Steering rack X
Subframe X 25)
Suspension strut X
Anti-roll bar X 25)
25) Prerequisite: the subframe and brackets were fixed in position before removing. ⇒ page 80

1.7.2 Necessity of wheel alignment, multi-


link suspension
Wheel alignment is necessary if:
♦ The vehicle does not handle properly.
♦ Vehicle has been involved in an accident and components
have been renewed.
♦ Axle components are removed or renewed.
♦ Tyres wear on one side
Components have been renewed
Front axle component was Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
renewed newed
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X Lower transverse link X
Bonded rubber bush X Upper transverse link X
for suspension link
Wheel bearing housing X Track rod X

1. Wheel alignment 445


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Front axle component was Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
renewed newed
yes no yes no
Track rod/track rod ball X Wheel bearing housing X
joint
Steering rack X Subframe X
Subframe X Coil spring X
Suspension strut X Shock absorbers X
Anti-roll bar X 26) Anti-roll bar X
Trailing arm X
26) Prerequisite: the subframe and brackets were fixed in position before removing. ⇒ page 80

Components removed and installed


Front axle component re‐ Alignment necessary Rear axle component re‐ Alignment necessary
moved and reinstalled moved and reinstalled
yes no yes no
Lower suspension link X 27)
Lower transverse link X
Wheel bearing housing X Upper transverse link X
Track rod/track rod ball X Track rod X
joint
Steering rack X Wheel bearing housing X
Subframe X 27) Subframe X
Suspension strut X Coil spring X
Anti-roll bar X 27)
Shock absorbers X
Anti-roll bar X
Trailing arm X
27) Prerequisite: the subframe and brackets were fixed in position before removing. ⇒ page 80

1.8 Adjusting camber at front wheels


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

446 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Camber correction is necessary only after body repairs.


Camber cannot be adjusted. However, it can be mediated
by shifting the subframe!
♦ Move subframe only to left or right, but never in or opposite
to direction of normal travel!

– Remove noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Undo bolt -1- and screw a new one in loosely.

– Undo bolt -2- and screw a new one in loosely.


– Undo bolt -3- and screw a new one in loosely.
– Undo bolt -4- and screw a new one in loosely.
The camber adjustment range is limited by the tolerances of the
holes in the subframe. If the specified value is not reached by
shifting the subframe, this and the body must be inspected ⇒
page 12 .
– Now camber may be adjusted to specification by moving
subframe.
– Move subframe -5- sideways until camber is the same on
both sides ⇒ page 431 .
– Tighten subframe bolts -1-, -2-, -3- and -4-.
After shifting subframe, check clearance between steering col‐
umn universal joint and cut-out in bulkhead.
– Unscrew bolt -1- and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of
arrow towards vehicle interior.

1. Wheel alignment 447


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

There must be a clearance of 5 mm all around between univer‐


sal joint -1- and aperture in plenum chamber bulkhead -2-.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

1.9 Adjusting camber on rear axle


⇒ c1.9.1 amber at rear axle, torsion beam axle”, page 448
⇒ c1.9.2 amber at rear axle, multi-link suspension”, page 448

1.9.1 Adjusting camber at rear axle, torsion


beam axle
Camber cannot be adjusted.
If the measurements are outside the permitted tolerances,
check the axle beam for damage and renew if necessary.

1.9.2 Adjusting camber at rear axle, multi-


link suspension
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

448 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Insert tool, 18 mm -T10179-

e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle


– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen upper transverse link nut -A- on subframe.

– Adjust camber by turning hexagon head of eccentric bolt


-arrow-.

Note

The maximum adjustment range is 90° to the left or right of


centre.

– Tighten nut -A-.

– To do this, use ring spanner -T10179-.

1. Wheel alignment 449


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

On use of insert tool, 18 mm -T10179-, tighten nuts to 80 Nm.


– Check camber value again after nut -A- has been tightened.
– Check camber value again after tightening nut -A- ⇒ f1.4 or
wheel alignment”, page 431 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304

1.10 Adjusting toe at rear axle


⇒ t1.10.1 oe at rear axle, torsion beam axle”, page 450
⇒ t1.10.2 oe on rear axle, multi-link suspension”, page 450

1.10.1 Adjusting toe at rear axle, torsion beam


axle
Toe cannot be adjusted.
If the measurements are outside the permitted tolerances,
check the axle beam for damage and renew if necessary.

1.10.2 Adjusting toe on rear axle, multi-link


suspension
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

e-Golf only, for work on right-hand side of vehicle


– Observe safety precautions when working in the vicinity of
high-voltage components ⇒ page 2 .
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen nut -1-.

450 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn eccentric bolt -2- until specification is attained.

Note

The maximum adjustment range is 90° to the left or right of


centre.

– Tighten nut -1-.


– Check toe value again after tightening nut -A- ⇒ f1.4 or
wheel alignment”, page 431 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o5.1 verview - transverse link”, page 304

1.11 Adjusting front axle toe


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

1. Wheel alignment 451


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Insert tool -V.A.G 1332/9-

– Counterhold track rod ball joint -1- with a suitable tool when
loosening and tightening lock nut -2-.

– Loosen lock nut -2-.


– Adjust toe setting at both wheels by turning hexagon flats
-arrow-.

Note

♦ Ensure that boots on steering rack are not damaged or twis‐


ted. Twisted boots wear out quickly.
♦ Tighten lock nuts on threaded portion only when vehicle is
standing on its wheels - track rod ball head must be parallel
with steering lever of suspension strut.

– Tighten lock nut -2- and check toe setting again.


The setting may change slightly after lock nut -2- is tightened .
However, if the measured toe value lies within the tolerance, the
adjustment is correct ⇒ f1.4 or wheel alignment”, page 431 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558

1.12 Wheel runout compensation


If runout compensation is not performed, it is not possible to
adjust toe-in correctly!
The existing lateral runout of the wheel must be compensated
for. Otherwise, the result of the measurement will be incorrect.
The specified toe-in tolerance may already be exceeded by the
permitted amount of axial runout at the wheel rims. In such

452 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

cases it is not possible to set the toe-in correctly without first


compensating for the wheel runout.
Please follow the instructions of the manufacturer of the wheel
alignment equipment.

1.13 Vehicle data sticker


Explanation regarding “PR numbers” on vehicle data sticker
Various types of running gear are installed depending on en‐
gine and equipment level. These are identified by the PR num‐
bers.
The PR numbers are critical in determining the wheel alignment
specifications.
The running gear version fitted in the vehicle is indicated on the
vehicle data sticker by the PR number for the front axle.
The vehicle data sticker can be found in the spare wheel well
and in the service schedule.
Example of a vehicle data sticker

In this example, the vehicle is equipped with sports running


gear G03 -arrow-.

1.14 Checking maximum wheel lock


The maximum wheel lock is determined with the aid of the
wheel alignment computer.
– When the values for the maximum wheel lock lie outside the
tolerances, then check following:
♦ Are steering or suspension components damaged or de‐
formed?
♦ Are track rods visually OK?
♦ Is the symmetry of the track rods OK?
Damaged components must be renewed.
– If the steering wheel is found to be off centre, check the
following:
♦ Check steering components for damage and deformation. If
necessary, renew damaged components.
♦ Check suspension components for damage and deforma‐
tion. If necessary, renew damaged components.
♦ Check symmetry of track rods also.
– Measure dimension -a- of “shorter” track rod. Shorten “lon‐
ger” track rod to same dimension. Screw track rod ball joint
-1- deeper onto track rod -2-.

1. Wheel alignment 453


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Dimension -a- must be the same on left side and right side track
rod ball joints.
Maximum permissible difference between left and right
< 2.5 mm.
– When returning steering to central position, “swivel” steering
wheel with even movements.

454 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Adaptive cruise control


⇒ a2.1 daptive cruise control”, page 455

2.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control


⇒ a2.1.1 daptive cruise control, Golf 2013, Golf Estate 2014, to
WEEK 22/16”, page 455
⇒ a2.1.2 daptive cruise control, e-Golf 2014, to WEEK 22/16”,
page 463
⇒ a2.1.3 daptive cruise control, Golf 2013, Golf Estate 2014,
e-Golf 2014, from WEEK 22/16, e-Golf 2017”, page 470
⇒ a2.1.4 daptive cruise control, Golf 2017, Golf Estate 2017”,
page 475

2.1.1 Calibrating adaptive cruise control,


Golf 2013, Golf Estate 2014, to WEEK
22/16
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
check the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for
damage, external influence and secure seating. Repair any
damaged parts if necessary.
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
read out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control
unit indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices
approved by VW/AUDI to calibrate the adaptive cruise control
(ACC) system.
Correct calibration is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.

Note

♦ Re-adjustment is required when:


♦ The rear axle toe setting has been adjusted.
♦ The adaptive cruise control unit -J428- has been removed
and reinstalled.
♦ The front bumper support has been removed and installed.
♦ The front bumper support has been loosened or moved.
♦ The misalignment angle is outside the tolerance. Determine
the tolerance with the vehicle diagnostic tester.
♦ The vehicle has been brought into the service position.
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐
ning gear that affect the ride height.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Adaptive cruise control 455


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Setting tool -VAS 6190/2-

♦ Setting device -VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit -VAS


6430/1-

♦ ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/3-


♦ Wheel alignment computer
A new generation of adaptive cruise control units has been
introduced. In regard to calibration, they differ only in appear‐
ance. Otherwise, the procedure is the same.

I. - Previous control unit


II. - New control unit

456 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel alignment platform, make


sure there is sufficient space between vehicle and set‐
ting device -VAS 6430-. The distance between ACC re‐
flecting mirror -VAS 6430/3- and the sensor must be
120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
quired.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/3-
on alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work,
the setting of setting device -VAS 6430- must always be
checked (e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting
beam, etc.).

Only for replacement of adaptive cruise control unit -J428-


– Adjust adjuster screws ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Adaptive cruise control; Removing and installing control unit
for adaptive cruise control

Note

Observe various versions!

Continued for calibration procedure


• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and recti‐
fy any faults.
Adjustment procedure described here is based on setting de‐
vice -VAS 6430-.
The following calibration sequence is to be adhered to:
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/3- fitted in the middle and the
sensor in the radiator grille.
2- Install ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/3- centred on align‐
ment beam.

2. Adaptive cruise control 457


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.


If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps descri‐
bed under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not
have to be carried out.
Calibration without preceding wheel alignment
– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 429 .
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Battery; Charging battery.
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car
doors remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is
switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Calibration with or without preceding wheel alignment.
Previous control unit

– Remove trim -1-.

458 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

New control unit

– Remove trim -1-.


– Remove trim -1-.
Continuation for both control units
– Remove dirt, if there is any, from the sensor lens.
– Position ACC setting device -VAS 6430/3- centrally and par‐
allel at a distance -a- from centrally fitted ACC reflector mir‐
ror -VAS 6430/3- to adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.

a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm

Note

ACC setting device -VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.

Sequence of steps for all

2. Adaptive cruise control 459


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on


alignment beam.
– In the area -A-, move position -2- on rotary knob so that it
coincides with marking on mirror (the number 2 on the rotary
knob must point towards the vehicle).

– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430/3- horizontal.

– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such


a way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor
lens.

460 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Previous control unit

– Position the mirror on side of the alignment beam so that the


laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.
New control unit

– Position the mirror on side of the alignment beam so that the


laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.
Continuation for both control units
– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.

– Turn fine adjuster screw -5- until display on wheel alignment


computer is within tolerance.

2. Adaptive cruise control 461


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.

– Now, use laser beam -3- of -VAS 6430/3- to check again


whether spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits cen‐
tre of sensor lens.

Note

The alignment of - VAS 6430/3- must be repeated if the laser


beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.

– Select “Own test schedule” on ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Diagnosis-compatible systems
♦ 0013 – Adaptive cruise control
♦ 0013 - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ 0013 - Calibration
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.

462 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Designation of adjusting screws of adaptive cruise control unit


-J428-
Previous control unit

1- Adjuster screw 1
2- Adjuster screw 2
3- Must not be rotated - serves only as point of rotation
New control unit

1- Adjuster screw 1
2- Adjuster screw 2
Continued for all vehicles

WARNING

The ACC setting is not accepted until “Final control diagnosis


is completed” is displayed in the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2.1.2 Calibrating adaptive cruise control, e-


Golf 2014, to WEEK 22/16
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
check the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for

2. Adaptive cruise control 463


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

damage, external influence and secure seating. Repair any


damaged parts if necessary.
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
read out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control
unit indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices
approved by VW/AUDI to calibrate the adaptive cruise control
(ACC) system.
Correct calibration is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.

Note

♦ Re-adjustment is required when:


♦ The rear axle toe setting has been adjusted.
♦ The adaptive cruise control unit -J428- has been removed
and reinstalled.
♦ The front bumper support has been removed and installed.
♦ The front bumper support has been loosened or moved.
♦ The misalignment angle is outside the tolerance. Determine
the tolerance with the vehicle diagnostic tester.
♦ The lock carrier has been moved to the service position.
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐
ning gear that affect the ride height.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Setting tool -VAS 6190/2-

♦ Setting device -VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit -VAS


6430/1-

♦ ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/3-

464 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Wheel alignment computer

Note

♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel alignment platform, make


sure there is sufficient space between vehicle and set‐
ting device -VAS 6430-. The distance between ACC re‐
flecting mirror -VAS 6430/3- and the sensor must be
120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
quired.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/3-
on alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work,
the setting of setting device -VAS 6430- must always be
checked (e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting
beam, etc.).

• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and recti‐


fy any faults.
Only for replacement of adaptive cruise control unit -J428-
– Adjust adjuster screws ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Adaptive cruise control; Removing and installing control unit
for adaptive cruise control

Continued for calibration procedure


Adjustment procedure described here is based on setting de‐
vice -VAS 6430-.
The following calibration sequence is to be adhered to:
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/3- fitted in the middle and the
sensor in the radiator grille.
2- Install ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/3- centred on align‐
ment beam.
3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps descri‐
bed under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not
have to be carried out.

2. Adaptive cruise control 465


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Calibration without preceding wheel alignment


– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 429 .
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Battery; Charging battery.
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car
doors remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is
switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Calibration with or without preceding wheel alignment.
– Remove trim -1-.

– Remove trim -1-.


– Remove dirt, if there is any, from the sensor lens.
– Position ACC setting device -VAS 6430/3- centrally and par‐
allel at a distance -a- from centrally fitted ACC reflector mir‐
ror -VAS 6430/3- to adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.

466 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm

Note

ACC setting device -VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.

– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on


alignment beam.

– In the area -A-, move position -2- on rotary knob so that it


coincides with marking on mirror (the number 2 on the rotary
knob must point towards the vehicle).

– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430/3- horizontal.

2. Adaptive cruise control 467


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such


a way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor
lens.
– Position the mirror on side of the alignment beam so that the
laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.

– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.

468 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn fine adjuster screw -5- until display on wheel alignment


computer is within tolerance.

– Level spirit levels -2- of the measurement transducer -1-.

– Now, use laser beam -3- of -VAS 6430/3- to check again


whether spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits cen‐
tre of sensor lens.

Note

The alignment of - VAS 6430/3- must be repeated if the laser


beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.

– Select “Own test schedule” on ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Diagnosis-compatible systems
♦ 0013 – Adaptive cruise control
♦ 0013 - Adaptive cruise control, functions

2. Adaptive cruise control 469


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ 0013 - Calibration
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.
Designation of adjusting screws of adaptive cruise control unit
-J428-

1- Adjuster screw 1
2- Adjuster screw 2
Continued for all vehicles

WARNING

The ACC setting is not accepted until “Final control diagnosis


is completed” is displayed in the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2.1.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control,


Golf 2013, Golf Estate 2014, e-Golf
2014, from WEEK 22/16, e-Golf 2017
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
check the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for

470 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

damage, external influence and secure seating. Repair any


damaged parts if necessary.
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
read out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control
unit indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices
approved by VW/AUDI to calibrate the adaptive cruise control
(ACC) system.
Correct calibration is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.

Note

♦ Re-adjustment is required when:


♦ The rear axle toe setting has been adjusted.
♦ The adaptive cruise control unit -J428- has been removed
and reinstalled.
♦ The front bumper support has been removed and installed.
♦ The front bumper support has been loosened or moved.
♦ The misalignment angle is outside the tolerance. Determine
the tolerance with the vehicle diagnostic tester.
♦ The lock carrier has been moved to the service position.
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐
ning gear that affect the ride height.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Setting device -VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit -VAS
6430/1-

♦ ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/10-


♦ Wheel alignment computer

2. Adaptive cruise control 471


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel alignment platform, make


sure there is sufficient space between vehicle and set‐
ting device -VAS 6430-. The distance between ACC re‐
flecting mirror -VAS 6430/10- and the sensor must be
120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
quired.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/10-
on alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work,
the setting of setting device -VAS 6430- must always be
checked (e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting
beam, etc.).

• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and recti‐


fy any faults.
Only for replacement of adaptive cruise control unit -J428-

– Adjust adjuster screws ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;


Adaptive cruise control; Removing and installing control unit
for adaptive cruise control
Continued for calibration procedure
This section describes the calibration procedure using the set‐
ting device -VAS 6430-.
The following calibration sequence is to be adhered to:
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/10- fitted in the middle and the
sensor in the radiator grille.
2- Install ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/10- centred on
alignment beam.
3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps descri‐
bed under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not
have to be carried out.

472 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Calibration without preceding wheel alignment


– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 429 .
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Battery; Charging battery.
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car
doors remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is
switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Calibration with or without preceding wheel alignment.
– Remove dirt, if there is any, from the sensor lens.
– Position ACC setting device -VAS 6430/10- centrally and
parallel at a distance -a- from centrally fitted ACC reflector
mirror -VAS 6430- to adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.

a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm

Note

ACC setting device -VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.

2. Adaptive cruise control 473


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Sequence of steps for all

– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on


alignment beam.
– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430/10- horizontal.

– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such


a way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor
lens.
– Position the mirror on side of the alignment beam so that the
laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor lens.

– Turn fine adjuster screw -5- until display on wheel alignment


computer is within tolerance.

474 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Now, use laser beam -3- of -VAS 6430/10- to check again


whether spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits cen‐
tre of sensor lens.

Note

The alignment of - VAS 6430/10- must be repeated if the laser


beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.

– Select “Own test schedule” on ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Diagnosis-compatible systems
♦ 0013 – Adaptive cruise control
♦ 0013 - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ 0013 - Calibration
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.

2.1.4 Calibrating adaptive cruise control,


Golf 2017, Golf Estate 2017
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
check the sensor, its bracket and its securing elements for
damage, external influence and secure seating. Repair any
damaged parts if necessary.
Before calibrating the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system,
read out the event memory and rectify any faults found.
The “measured misalignment-angle value” of the ACC control
unit indicates whether or not the sensor is out of adjustment.
Use only a wheel alignment machine and adjusting devices
approved by VW/AUDI to calibrate the adaptive cruise control
(ACC) system.
Correct calibration is an essential prerequisite for the perfect
functioning of the adaptive cruise control (ACC) system.
– The adaptive cruise control unit -J428- must be calibrated if
any of the following conditions apply:
♦ Adaptive cruise control unit -J428- has been renewed

2. Adaptive cruise control 475


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Lock carrier has been moved to service position


♦ Lock carrier has been removed and installed
♦ Lock carrier has been renewed
♦ Toe on rear axle has been adjusted
♦ Conversions/adjustments have been carried out on the run‐
ning gear that affect the ride height.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Setting device -VAS 6430- or setting device, basic kit -VAS
6430/1-

♦ ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/10-


♦ Wheel alignment computer

Note

♦ Before driving vehicle onto wheel alignment platform, make


sure there is sufficient space between vehicle and setting
device -VAS 6430-. The distance between ACC reflecting
mirror -VAS 6430- and the sensor must be 120 cm ± 2.5 cm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
quired.
♦ If the position of the ACC reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/10-
on alignment beam is changed during the adjustment work,
the setting of setting device -VAS 6430- must always be
checked (e.g. spirit levels, individual toe values on adjusting
beam, etc.).

• Before starting calibration, read out event memory and recti‐


fy any faults.
This section describes the calibration procedure using the set‐
ting device -VAS 6430-.
The following calibration sequence is to be adhered to:
1- Establish a distance of 120 cm ± 2.5 cm between the ACC
reflecting mirror -VAS 6430/10- fitted in the middle and the
sensor in the radiator grille.
2- Install ACC reflector mirror -VAS 6430/10- centred on
alignment beam.
3- Adjust adaptive cruise control unit -J428-.
If wheel alignment has just been carried out, the steps descri‐
bed under “Setting without preceding wheel alignment” do not
have to be carried out.

476 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Calibration without preceding wheel alignment


– Press button to select ACC calibration in wheel alignment
computer.
– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 429 .
– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; General infor‐
mation; Rep. gr. 27; Charging battery.
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car
doors remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is
switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Mount quick-release clamps on rear wheels.
– Mount measurement transducers on rear wheels.
– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.
Calibration with or without preceding wheel alignment.
– Position ACC setting device -VAS 6430- in the middle and
parallel at a distance -a- from the ACC reflector mirror -VAS
6430/10- fitted in the middle to the VW emblem in the radia‐
tor grille.

a - 120 cm ± 2.5 cm
– Remove any dirt from Volkswagen badge as necessary.

Note

ACC setting device -VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.

– Mount measurement transducers -1- of front wheels on


alignment beam.

2. Adaptive cruise control 477


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Use adjusting screws -1-, -2- and -3- to bring spirit levels -A-
and -B- to - VAS 6430/10- horizontal.

– Adjust mirror -4- by means of crank handle -arrow- in such


a way that the laser beam contacts the centre of the sensor
lens.
– Position mirror on side of alignment beam so that the laser
beam contacts the centre of the Volkswagen badge -1-.

– Level spirit levels of measurement transducer.


– Turn fine adjuster screw -5- until display on wheel alignment
computer is within tolerance.

478 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Level spirit levels of measurement transducer.


– Now, use laser beam of -VAS 6430/10- to check again
whether spirit levels are horizontal and laser beam hits cen‐
tre of sensor lens.

Note

The alignment of - VAS 6430/10- must be repeated if the laser


beam does not coincide with the sensor lens.

– Select “Own test schedule” on ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


– On the screen, click the following buttons one after the other:
♦ Diagnosis-compatible systems
♦ 0013 – Adaptive cruise control
♦ 0013 - Adaptive cruise control, functions
♦ 0013 - Calibration
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.

2. Adaptive cruise control 479


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3 Front camera for driver assist sys‐


tems
⇒ f3.1 ront camera for assist systems”, page 480

3.1 Calibrating front camera for assist sys‐


tems

Note

The following situations can cause the camera function to be


impaired by sustained poor visibility of the lane marker lines:

♦ The field of view of the camera is soiled or iced over. In this


case, clean the affected area.
♦ The field of view of the camera is fogged over.
The camera’s viewing window must be cleaned manually if
there is heavy soiling on the inside of the windscreen in the
field of view of the camera. To do this, the control unit and
lens hood must be removed and the windscreen cleaned using
cleaning solution. Remove control unit and lens hood ⇒ Electri‐
cal system; Rep. gr. 96; Front camera for driver assist systems.
Correct calibration is a basic precondition for the front camera
for driver assist systems -R242- to function without faults.
The front camera for driver assist systems -R242- must be reca‐
librated if:
♦ Entry “no or incorrect basic setting / adaptation” is stored in
event memory.
♦ The front camera for driver assist systems -R242- was re‐
newed.
♦ Windscreen has been renewed or removed.
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.
♦ Modifications having an effect on the body height have been
made to the car's running gear.
♦ The vehicle level senders have been reprogrammed on vehi‐
cles with damper control.

Note

♦ Before calibrating the front camera for driver assist systems,


read out event memory and rectify faults as necessary.
♦ Calibration of the front camera for driver assist systems
must be performed using only VW/AUDI approved wheel
alignment equipment!
♦ Calibration of the driver assistant system's front camera is
permitted only with the setting device -VAS 6430-!

Special tools and workshop equipment required

480 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Setting device -VAS 6430-

♦ Wheel alignment computer


♦ ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester

Note

♦ The front camera for driver assist systems -R242- must be


correctly located in the holder.
♦ The field of view of the camera must be clean and clear.
♦ Before driving the vehicle onto the wheel alignment platform,
make sure there is sufficient space between the midpoint
of the hub of the front wheels and the setting device -VAS
6430-.
♦ The distance between the setting device -VAS 6430- and the
centre point of the hub of the front wheels must be 1500 mm
± 25 mm.
♦ If available space is not adequate, move vehicle backwards
onto alignment platform as required to achieve space re‐
quired.
♦ The calibration board must be positioned centrally on the
setting device.
♦ The event memory must be read before starting calibration.
Any memory entries must be deleted.

– Note testing preconditions for wheel alignment ⇒ page 429 .


– Drive car onto wheel alignment platform.
– Connect battery charger ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27;
Battery; Charging battery.
– Connect ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester. (Route diagnostic cable
through open window.)

Note

During the calibration procedure, make sure that all the car
doors remain closed and that the car's exterior lighting is
switched off.

– Move front wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Select calibration run for front camera for driver assist sys‐
tems -R242- on wheel alignment computer.
– Mount quick-release clamps on all four wheels.
– Mount wheel alignment sensors on wheels.

3. Front camera for driver assist systems 481


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Carry out wheel run-out compensation at rear wheels.


– Bounce springs.
– Measure standing height at all four wheels and note it.

Note

♦ Setting device -VAS 6430- is not allowed to be moved on


alignment beam.
♦ Wheel alignment platform must be in the lowermost levelled
position for next work step.

– Turn setting device -VAS 6430- upwards so that alignment


beam is parallel to middle of measurement transducers on
front wheels, in order to perform a correct measurement with
distance measuring unit -1-.

1- Distance measuring unit with tape measure and socket pin


– Position setting device -VAS 6430- at distance -a- of 1500
mm ± 25 mm from centre point of hub of front wheels to
beam of setting device -VAS 6430-.

482 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

♦ Distance -a- of 1500 mm ± 25 mm must be measured on


both sides of vehicle and adjustment device -VAS 6430-
must then be aligned.
♦ Distance -a- must be same on both sides of car.

– Mount measurement transducer -1- of front wheels onto set‐


ting device -VAS 6430-.

– Measure height value -a- between standing surface of set‐


ting device -VAS 6430- and wheel support surface on wheel
alignment platform. Enter value in wheel alignment comput‐
er.

– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on


floor.

– Use crank -1- to set calibration panel -VAS 6430/4- to nom‐


inal height -2- indicated by wheel alignment computer and
make a note.

3. Front camera for driver assist systems 483


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1-


must be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping
screw -arrow-.

– Move setting device -VAS 6430- sideways -arrows B- until


display on wheel alignment computer is within tolerance.

– Screw down adjuster screws -2- and -3- slightly to secure


setting device -VAS 6430- against rolling away.

484 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn fine adjuster screw -1- until display on wheel alignment


computer is within tolerance.

– Use adjuster screw -1- to level spirit level -A-.

– Use adjuster screws -2- and -3- to level spirit level -B-.

3. Front camera for driver assist systems 485


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew clamping bolt -arrow-, place measuring bar -1- on


floor.

– Check nominal height -2- again and correct if necessary.

486 Rep. gr.44 - Wheels, tyres, vehicle geometry


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

When nominal height has been reached, measuring bar -1-


must be moved upwards slightly and secured with clamping
screw -arrow-.

Concluding work is carried out via ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.


– Switch on ignition.
– On ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester, select “Guided Fault Find‐
ing”.
Follow instructions on screen to perform calibration.

Note

The next step in Guided fault finding is to measure the body


height.

– Enter the noted standing height.

3. Front camera for driver assist systems 487


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

48 – Steering
1 Steering wheel
⇒ o1.1 verview – steering wheel”, page 488
⇒ a1.2 nd installing steering wheel”, page 488

1.1 Assembly overview – steering wheel

1 - Steering column
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 494
❑ The centre punch
marks -arrows- on the
steering wheel and the
steering column must
align when reinstalling.
Some steering columns
leave the factory with
no centre punch mark.
On these steering col‐
umns a respective cen‐
tre punch mark must be
made before removing
the steering wheel ⇒
page 488 .
2 - Steering wheel
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 488
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
❑ The centre punch
marks -arrows- on the
steering wheel and the
steering column must
align when reinstalling.
Some steering columns
leave the factory with
no centre punch mark.
On these steering col‐
umns a respective cen‐
tre punch mark must be
made before removing
the steering wheel ⇒
page 488 .
3 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 30 Nm +90°

1.2 Removing and installing steering wheel


Special tools and workshop equipment required

488 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-

Removing

WARNING

The following conditions must be met before starting work on


the electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Bat‐
tery; Disconnecting and connecting battery.
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the airbag system!

– Move steering column to middle height position.


– Remove airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side
airbag.
– Move wheels to straight-ahead position.

Note

The steering wheel must be removed/installed in the middle


position (wheels facing straight ahead).

– If fitted, disconnect connector for steering wheel heating.


– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Check that steering column has a centre punch mark that


aligns with mark on steering wheel.

1. Steering wheel 489


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– If this is not the case, the position of the steering wheel


to steering column must be marked on the steering column
with a centre punch mark.
– Pull steering wheel -2- off steering column.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Make sure that the wheels are pointing straight ahead before
fitting the steering wheel.
– When installing a steering wheel that has been removed,
make sure that the markings on the steering column and
steering wheel are in line.
– When installing a new steering wheel (without marking), the
steering wheel must be mounted in middle position (steering
wheel spoke must be horizontal and wheels in straight posi‐
tion).
– Install steering wheel.
– Install airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side
airbag.
– Carry out road test.
– If the steering wheel is skewed, the steering wheel must be
removed again and fitted onto the splines of the steering
column.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o1.1 verview – steering wheel”, page 488

490 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2 Steering column
⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491
⇒ s2.2 teering column for damage”, page 492
⇒ a2.3 nd transporting steering column”, page 493
⇒ a2.4 nd installing steering column”, page 494
⇒ a2.5 nd installing control unit for electronic steering column
lockJ764”, page 506

2.1 Assembly overview – steering column

Note

♦ Always renew self-locking nuts.


♦ Always renew corroded nuts and bolts.
♦ Always renew nuts and bolts that have been tightened further by a set angle.

2. Steering column 491


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Central tube for dash pan‐


el
2 - Shear bolt
❑ Loosening and tighten‐
ing ⇒ page 506
3 - Right bracket
❑ For knee airbag
4 - Electronic steering column
lock control unit -J764-
❑ For vehicles with “Key‐
less Access” entry and
start authorisation con‐
trol unit
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 506
5 - Bolt
❑ Observe tightening se‐
quence ⇒ page 502
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Left bracket
❑ For knee airbag
7 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +90°
9 - Steering column
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 494
❑ When installing, steering column must be engaged at mounting bracket for central tube for dash panel
(assists with installation).
❑ Different versions possible. Refer to ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

2.2 Checking steering column for damage


Visual check
– Check all steering column parts for damage.
Checking function
– Check that steering column turns smoothly and easily.
– Check whether steering column can be moved in the longitu‐
dinal direction and vertically.

492 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2.3 Handling and transporting steering col‐


umn

WARNING

♦ Adherence to proper steering column handling is essen‐


tial.
♦ Improper handling of steering column may damage the
steering column, leading to safety risks.

Proper steering column handling and transport

♦ Use both hands to transport steering column.


♦ Hold steering column upper jacket tube and in area of upper
universal joint.
Improper handling of steering column

Transportation using the clamping lever leads to primary steer‐


ing column damage.

2. Steering column 493


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Improper handling of steering column with safety risks

Following methods of handling will damage universal joint bush‐


es and lower steering column bearing:
♦ Transporting steering column with one hand on jointed shaft.
♦ Bending joints more than 90°.

2.4 Removing and installing steering col‐


umn
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

494 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Removing

Note

Only the complete steering column is supplied as a replacement


part. A repair is not possible.

Vehicles with ignition/starter switch


Steering lock housing can be transferred ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
Electronic steering column lock control unit -J764- can be trans‐
ferred ⇒ page 506 .
Continued for all vehicles

WARNING

The following are prerequisites before starting work on the


electrical system and removing the steering wheel:
♦ Mechanic must electrostatically discharge himself/her‐
self. This can be done by touching a suitable metal ob‐
ject, for example, a water pipe, a heater pipe, a metal
frame or a lifting platform.
Failure to comply with this precaution may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the electronic steering column lock control
unit -J764-!
♦ Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Bat‐
tery; Disconnecting and connecting battery.
♦ The wheels must be in straight-ahead position.
Failure to comply with these precautions may lead to subse‐
quent failure of the airbag system!

– Move wheels to straight-ahead position.


– Pull down lever on side of steering column.
– Swing steering column as far as possible downwards, and
pull it out.
– Press lever on side of steering column back up.
– Remove airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side
airbag.
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ page 488 .
– Remove upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column trim.
– Remove lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing lower steering column trim.
– Remove steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module.

2. Steering column 495


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.


gr. 69; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag.
Vehicles with mechanical ignition lock

– Unplug connector -1- from immobiliser reader coil -D2-.


– Pull off connector -2- off ignition/starter switch -1-.
Vehicles with electronic ignition lock

– Disconnect electrical connector -1-.


– Unclip cable from holder on electronic steering column lock
control unit -J764- -arrow-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove footwell vent below steering column ⇒ Heating,
air conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87; Air duct; Assembly
overview - air duct and air distribution in passenger compart‐
ment.
– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2-.

– Remove left bracket -3- for knee airbag.

496 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolts -1- and -2-.

– Remove right bracket -3- for knee airbag.


– Release tab -arrow- using a small screwdriver.

– Pull cable guide -1- forwards off metal tab.


– Release bottom cable retainer -1- from lugs in direction of
-arrow-.

2. Steering column 497


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

The lugs are anchored directly in the steering column and are
located between the bracket -1- and the steering column.

– Pull off bottom cable retainer -1- downwards.


– Release tabs -arrows- of cable guide -1- using a small
screwdriver.

– Pull cable guide -1- off steering column downwards.


– Disengage cable retainer under steering column -2- and pull
off downwards.
– Move electrical wire for steering column to side.
– Unscrew bolt -1- and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of
arrow towards vehicle interior.

– Unscrew bolt -1- from universal joint -2- and pull off universal
joint in -direction of arrow-.

498 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Holding steering column -2- securely, unscrew bolt -1-.

2. Steering column 499


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

LHD only

– Unhook steering column -1- upwards out of lugs -2- and -3-
on mounting bracket and remove.
Right-hand drive vehicles only

– Unhook steering column -1- upwards out of lugs -2- and -3-
on mounting bracket and remove.
Continuation for both sides

Caution

Ensure the steering column is handled and transported cor‐


rectly ⇒ page 493 .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

500 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

LHD only

– Hook steering column -1- into lugs on mounting bracket at


bottom -2- and top -3-.
Right-hand drive vehicles only

– Unhook steering column -1- upwards out of lugs -2- and -3-
on mounting bracket and remove.
Continuation for both sides
– Align steering column -2- with mounting bracket. Screw in
bolt -1- hand-tight.

2. Steering column 501


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install right bracket -3- for knee airbag.

– Screw in bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.


– Install left bracket -3- for knee airbag.

– Screw in bolts -1- and -2- hand-tight.


– Tighten bolts -1-, -2-, -3- and -4- one after the other to the
specified torque.

502 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– The flat surface of the steering column -1- must lie against
the flat surface of the steering rack -2-. The cut-out in the
steering rack must align exactly with the hole for the secur‐
ing bolt -arrows-.

– Fit universal joint -2- onto steering pinion in opposite


-direction of arrow-.

– Insert new hexagon bolt -1- and tighten.


– Fold footwell trim -2- forwards and secure with bolt -1-.

2. Steering column 503


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with mechanical ignition lock

– Connect connector -arrow- to immobilizer reader coil -D2-.


– Connect connector -2-.
Vehicles with electronic ignition lock

– Connect electrical connector -1-.


– Clip cable into holder on electronic steering column lock
control unit -J764- -arrow-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Install steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module.
– Fit cable retainer under steering column -2- so that lugs in
guide engage in steering column.

504 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Fit cable guide -1-. Lugs -arrows- must engage in steering


column.
– Install footwell vent below steering column ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning system; Rep. gr. 87; Air duct; Assembly over‐
view - air duct and air distribution in passenger compart‐
ment.
– Install knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag.
– Install lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing lower steering column trim.
– Install upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column trim.
– Install steering wheel ⇒ page 488 .
– Install driver side airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 69; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview -
driver side airbag.
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender -G85- using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – steering column”, page 491
♦ Footwell vent below steering column ⇒ Heating, air condi‐
tioning system; Rep. gr. 87; Air duct; Assembly overview -
air duct and air distribution in passenger compartment.
♦ Steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and instal‐
ling steering column switch module.
♦ Knee airbag ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69;
Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee airbag.
♦ Driver side airbag unit ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 69; Driver side airbag; Assembly overview - driver side
airbag.
♦ Lower steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
lower steering column trim.

2. Steering column 505


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Upper steering column trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;


Rep. gr. 68; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
upper steering column trim.

2.5 Removing and installing control unit for


electronic steering column lock -J764-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Special socket -T10424-

Removing
– Remove steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module.
– Disconnect electrical connector -2-. To do this, slide catch
-1- to rear and push release downwards.

– Unscrew shear-head bolt -3- using socket -T10424-.


– Remove control unit for electronic steering column lock -
J764- -item 4-.

Note

If the shear-head bolt cannot be removed using socket -


T10424-, drill it out using an angle drill and an 8.5 mm dia.
twist drill.

506 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Tighten new bolts -arrows- until shear heads break off.

– Install steering column switch module ⇒ Electrical system;


Rep. gr. 94; Steering column switch module; Removing and
installing steering column switch module.
– Perform steps to initiate ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2. Steering column 507


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3 Steering rack
⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
⇒ a3.2 nd installing steering rack”, page 513
⇒ a3.3 nd installing boot”, page 549
⇒ a3.4 nd installing track rod”, page 552
⇒ a3.5 nd installing track rod ball joint”, page 557
⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558

3.1 Assembly overview – steering rack


⇒ o3.1.1 verview – steering rack, left-hand drive”, page 508
⇒ o3.1.2 verview – steering rack, right-hand drive”, page 510
⇒ o3.1.3 verview – steering rack, track rods”, page 511

3.1.1 Assembly overview – steering rack, left-hand drive


Assembly overview - steering rack, track rods ⇒ page 511

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery
♦ Switch on ignition
♦ Turn steering mechanism
♦ Turn steering column
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

508 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Wire
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
2 - Bolt
❑ Either qty. 3 or qty. 4
are fitted depending on
engine version. Refer
to ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Heat shield
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible depending on en‐
gine version. Refer to
⇒ Electronic parts cata‐
logue “ETKA”
4 - Steering rack
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
page 511
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 513
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
❑ With power steering
control unit -J500-
❑ Can be tested in “Gui‐
ded fault finding” using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
5 - Right wheel bearing hous‐
ing
6 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +90°
7 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
8 - Subframe
9 - Left wheel bearing housing
10 - Seal
❑ Renew after removing steering rack
11 - Spreader clip

3. Steering rack 509


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3.1.2 Assembly overview – steering rack, right-hand drive


Assembly overview - steering rack, track rods ⇒ page 511

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery
♦ Switch on ignition
♦ Turn steering mechanism
♦ Turn steering column
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

510 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Wire
2 - Heat shield
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible depending on en‐
gine version. Refer to
⇒ Electronic parts cata‐
logue “ETKA”
3 - Bolt
❑ Either qty. 3 or qty. 4
are fitted depending on
engine version. Refer
to ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue “ETKA”
❑ 8 Nm
4 - Seal
❑ Renew after removing
steering rack
5 - Steering rack
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 513
❑ Assembly overview ⇒
page 511
❑ Different versions pos‐
sible. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
“ETKA”
❑ With power steering
control unit -J500-
❑ Can be tested in “Gui‐
ded fault finding” using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
6 - Right wheel bearing hous‐
ing
7 - Nut
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 20 Nm +90°
8 - Subframe
9 - Bolt
❑ Renew after removal
❑ 70 Nm +90°
10 - Left wheel bearing housing
11 - Spreader clip

3.1.3 Assembly overview – steering rack, track rods

3. Steering rack 511


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

1 - Left track rod ball joint


❑ Installation position ⇒
page 555
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 557
❑ Installation position ⇒
page 555
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue “ETKA”
2 - Nut
❑ Counterhold on track
rod ball joint with a
spanner when loosen‐
ing or tightening nut.
❑ 70 Nm
3 - Clamp
4 - Boot
❑ Must not be twisted af‐
ter toe setting has been
adjusted.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 549
5 - Clip
❑ Renew
❑ Tightening ⇒ page
551
6 - Track rod
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 552
❑ 100 Nm
7 - Threaded bush
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling ⇒ page 558
8 - Steering rack
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 513
9 - Right track rod ball joint
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 555
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ page 557
❑ Installation position ⇒ page 555
❑ Allocation ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue “ETKA”

512 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3.2 Removing and installing steering rack


⇒ a3.2.1 nd installing steering rack, LHD vehicles, except for
e-Golf”, page 513
⇒ a3.2.2 nd installing steering rack, LHD vehicles, e-Golf”, page
522
⇒ a3.2.3 nd installing steering rack, RHD vehicles, except for
e-Golf”, page 531
⇒ a3.2.4 nd installing steering rack, RHD vehicles, e-Golf”, page
541

3.2.1 Removing and installing steering rack, LHD vehicles, except for e-Golf

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.

3. Steering rack 513


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless


Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Only Golf GTE
– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Unscrew bolt -1- and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of
arrow towards vehicle interior.

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- from universal joint -1- and pull off
universal joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.

514 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
Vehicles with natural gas engines
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

3. Steering rack 515


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

516 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Disconnect electrical connector -1- for oil level and oil tem‐
perature sender -G266-.

– If fitted, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant


circulation pump -V51-. Open locking mechanism -3- in
-direction of arrow-, and release connector.
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

3. Steering rack 517


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


subframe

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove heat shield -1- from
steering rack.

Note

Different heat shields -1- are installed depending on the engine.


On some engines it is possible to access the connectors for the
steering rack without removing the heat shield.

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

518 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Lever off steering rack from subframe with a large screwdriv‐
er, for example, and remove backwards.
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown.

3. Steering rack 519


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

This prevents damage to the control unit -1-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Threaded sleeves of steering rack must seat in holes in sub‐
frame.
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they engage audibly.

– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

520 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.

– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in


holes in subframe -arrow-.
– Screw in bolts -1- for steering rack, and tighten them.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐


or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

3. Steering rack 521


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Bolt universal joint to steering rack.


– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender -G85- using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
If new steering rack has been installed, adapt electromechani‐
cal power steering using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

3.2.2 Removing and installing steering rack, LHD vehicles, e-Golf

522 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Unscrew bolts -1-, and fold footwell trim -2- in direction of
arrow towards vehicle interior.

3. Steering rack 523


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -arrow- from universal joint -1- and pull off
universal joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

524 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

3. Steering rack 525


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


subframe

526 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove bracket -1- from steer‐
ing rack.

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

3. Steering rack 527


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Lever off steering rack from subframe with a large screwdriv‐
er, for example, and remove backwards.
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown.

This prevents damage to the control unit -1-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Threaded sleeves of steering rack must seat in holes in sub‐
frame.
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they engage audibly.

528 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.

3. Steering rack 529


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in


holes in subframe -arrow-.
– Screw in bolts -1- for steering rack, and tighten them.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Install skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview - under‐
body covers.

530 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐


or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Bolt universal joint to steering rack.


– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender -G85- using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
If new steering rack has been installed, adapt electromechani‐
cal power steering using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;
Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

3.2.3 Removing and installing steering rack, RHD vehicles, except for e-Golf

3. Steering rack 531


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Only Golf GTE
– De-energise high-voltage system ⇒ Rep. gr. 93; De-energis‐
ing high-voltage system.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.

532 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐


move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -arrow- from universal joint -1- and pull off
universal joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
For vehicles with natural gas engine
– Unclip natural gas line -1- from clip -arrow-.

3. Steering rack 533


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Continued for all vehicles


– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Unscrew bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.

534 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

Continued for all vehicles


– Disconnect electrical connector -1- for oil level and oil tem‐
perature sender -G266-.

3. Steering rack 535


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– If fitted, disconnect connector -2- on continued coolant


circulation pump -V51-. Open locking mechanism -3- in
-direction of arrow-, and release connector.
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


subframe

536 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

3. Steering rack 537


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Lever off steering rack from subframe with a large screwdriv‐
er, for example, and remove backwards.
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown.

This prevents damage to the control unit -1-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Threaded sleeves of steering rack must seat in holes in sub‐
frame.
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they engage audibly.

538 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.

– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in


holes in subframe -arrow-.
– Screw in bolts -1- for steering rack, and tighten them.

3. Steering rack 539


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐


or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Bolt universal joint to steering rack.


– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender -G85- using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
If new steering rack has been installed, adapt electromechani‐
cal power steering using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

540 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐


ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

3.2.4 Removing and installing steering rack, RHD vehicles, e-Golf

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1331-
♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

3. Steering rack 541


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position and remove
ignition key so that the steering lock engages.
Vehicles with entry and start authorisation control unit “Keyless
Access”
– Switch off ignition and open driver’s door so that the steering
lock engages.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Unscrew bolt -1-.

– Press foot rest -2- upwards in direction of -arrow-, and re‐


move it.
– Fold floor covering to the rear.
– Unscrew bolt -arrow- from universal joint -1- and pull off
universal joint in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

The following work must not be performed while the universal


joint is separated from the steering rack:
♦ Connect battery.
♦ Switch on ignition.
♦ Turn steering rack.
♦ Turn steering column.
These points must be heeded without fail as irreparable dam‐
age may otherwise be caused.

542 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Loosen wheel bolts.


– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheels.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Remove skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers.
– Remove bolts -1- for pendulum support.

– Unscrew nut -1- from coupling rod -3- on both sides.

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
– Remove nuts -arrows- on left and right sides of vehicle.

– Pull suspension link out of swivel joint.


– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

3. Steering rack 543


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

Vehicles with vehicle level sender.


– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender
-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Position engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under


subframe

544 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-, and remove bracket -1- from steer‐
ing rack.

– Disconnect connectors -1- and -2- from steering rack.

– Unclip wiring harness -1- from steering rack -2- -arrows-.

3. Steering rack 545


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Pull out spreader clip -arrow-.

– Lower subframe with engine and gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383


A-.
– Lever off steering rack from subframe with a large screwdriv‐
er, for example, and remove backwards.
– Place steering rack on a surface as shown.

This prevents damage to the control unit -1-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
Threaded sleeves of steering rack must seat in holes in sub‐
frame.
– Plug in connectors -1- and -2- so that they engage audibly.

546 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Renew seal -1-.

– Slide seal -1- over collar of steering rack -2- so that rubber
lip makes contacts with collar all round -arrows-.
– Make sure that seal -1- is firmly seated.
– Coat seal with lubricant e.g. soft soap from above.

Note

♦ After fitting the steering rack to the universal joint ensure


that the seal is not kinked against the assembly plate on the
steering rack. The opening to the footwell must seal correct‐
ly. Otherwise, this can result in water leaks and/or noise.
♦ Ensure sealing surfaces are clean.

– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.

3. Steering rack 547


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in


holes in subframe -arrow-.
– Screw in bolts -1- for steering rack, and tighten them.

– Tighten nuts -arrows-.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Install skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview - under‐
body covers.

548 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Install lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exteri‐


or; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.

Note

Ensure that boot is not damaged or twisted.

– Bolt universal joint to steering rack.


– Connect battery ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 27; Battery;
Disconnecting and connecting battery.
– Carry out basic setting for steering angle sender -G85- using
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
If new steering rack has been installed, adapt electromechani‐
cal power steering using ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o4.1 verview - lower suspension link, swivel joint”, page
112
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 93;
Electric drive motor; Assembly overview - electric drive mo‐
tor
♦ Bolts for skid plate for battery ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Underbody cover; Assembly overview -
underbody covers
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

3.3 Removing and installing boot

3. Steering rack 549


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Hose clip pliers -V.A.G 1275-


♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-
♦ Insert tool, 24 mm -V.A.G 1332/11-
♦ Locking pliers for Phaeton steering rack -VAS 6199-
Removing

Note

♦ If boot is defective, moisture and dirt will enter steering rack.


There must be a palpable film of grease in the area of the
teeth on the steering rack. If there is no film of grease, the
steering rack must be renewed.
♦ The steering rack must be renewed:
♦ Corrosion
♦ Damage
♦ Excessive wear
♦ Soiling/contamination on steering rack

550 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.


– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Mark position of nut on track rod.
– Remove track rod ball joint ⇒ page 557 .
– Clean outside of steering rack in vicinity of boot.
No dirt must be allowed to enter the steering rack through a
defective rubber boot during this operation.
– Open hose clips.
– Pull boot off steering rack housing and track rod.

Note

♦ If the steering rack shows signs of corrosion, damage, wear


or soiling, renew the complete steering rack.
♦ Likewise, if there is no film of grease on the steering rack,
the steering rack must be renewed.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Do not grease steering rack.

– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.


– Thread new clamps and rubber boot onto track rod.
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and track rod
with grease -G 052 168 A1- from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot -2- onto track rod -1- as shown in figure.

– Secure spring-type clip on rubber boot using hose clip pliers


-V.A.G 1275-.
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and steering
rack housing with grease -G 052 168 A1- from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot onto steering rack housing to stop.

3. Steering rack 551


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Install new clamp -1- using locking pliers for Phaeton steer‐
ing rack -VAS 6199-.

– Tighten clamp so that its ear -arrow- is positioned as shown


in illustration.
– Screw in track rod ball joint up to mark made during removal
and install ⇒ page 557 .
– Install front wheel and tighten.
– Check wheel alignment ⇒ page 443 .
– If both track rods have been exchanged, basic setting must
be carried out for steering angle sender -G85-⇒ Vehicle di‐
agnostic tester.
– Then carry out basic setting of steering ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

3.4 Removing and installing track rod

552 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-


♦ Open end spanner insert, AF 38 mm -V.A.G 1923-
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-
♦ Locking pliers for Phaeton steering rack -VAS 6199-
Carry out the following work:
Removing
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Clean outside of steering rack in vicinity of boot.
– Loosen nut on track rod ball joint but do not remove com‐
pletely.
– Using ball joint puller -T10187- -1-, press track rod ball joint
off wheel bearing housing, and unscrew nut.

3. Steering rack 553


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

– Open clips and push boot back.


– Turn steering as follows:
- For left track rod, turn steering to full right lock
- For right track rod, turn steering to full left lock.
– Unscrew track rod.

1- Open-end spanner attachment -V.A.G 1923-


2- Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Note

♦ If the steering rack shows signs of corrosion, damage, wear


or soiling, renew the complete steering rack.
♦ Likewise, if there is no film of grease on the steering rack,
the steering rack must be renewed.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Caution

Do not grease steering rack.

554 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
side.

1- Left track rod ball joint


2- Right track rod ball joint
– Turn steering wheel to straight-ahead position.
– Thread new clamps and rubber boot onto track rod.
– Screw track rod into track rod ball joint until dimension -a- is
attained.

Dimension -a- = 373 ± 1 mm


– Tighten track rod.

1- Open-end spanner attachment -V.A.G 1923-

3. Steering rack 555


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

2- Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-


– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and track rod
with grease -G 052 168 A1- from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot -2- onto track rod -1-, making sure that
boot is correctly positioned.

– Secure spring-type clip on rubber boot using hose clip pliers


-V.A.G 1275-.
– Lightly grease sealing surface between boot and steering
rack housing with grease -G 052 168 A1- from repair kit.
– Push rubber boot onto steering rack housing as far as it will
go.
– Install new clamp -1- using locking pliers for Phaeton steer‐
ing rack -VAS 6199-.

– Tighten clamp so that its ear -arrow- is positioned as shown


in illustration.
– Install wheel and tighten.
– Check wheel alignment ⇒ page 443 .
– If both track rods have been exchanged, basic setting must
be carried out for steering angle sender -G85-⇒ Vehicle di‐
agnostic tester.
– Then carry out basic setting of steering ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

556 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

3.5 Removing and installing track rod ball


joint
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Ball joint puller -T10187-

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

Removing
– Loosen wheel bolts.
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove wheel.
– Loosen nut -1-.

– Mark position of track rod ball joint on track rod.


– Loosen nut -2- on track rod ball joint but do not remove
completely.

3. Steering rack 557


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Caution

To protect thread, leave nut screwed a few turns onto joint


pin.

– Push track rod off wheel bearing housing and remove nut.
1- Ball joint puller -T10187-
– Unscrew track rod ball joint from track rod.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:
– Make sure that correct track rod ball joint is installed on each
side.

1- Left track rod ball joint


2- Right track rod ball joint
– Screw track rod ball joint onto track rod as far as previously
applied mark and secure with lock nut.
– Insert track rod ball joint into wheel bearing housing.
– Bolt track rod ball joint with new nut.
– Check wheel alignment ⇒ page 443 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ ⇒ s3.6 teering rack”, page 558
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts

3.6 Repairing steering rack


⇒ a3.6.1 nd installing threaded bush”, page 558

3.6.1 Removing and installing threaded bush


Special tools and workshop equipment required

558 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

♦ Torque wrench -V.A.G 1332-

♦ Engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and gearbox


jack -V.A.G 1383 A-

Removing
– Raise vehicle.
– Remove lower noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview -
noise insulation.
– Detach exhaust system bracket from subframe -arrows-.

– Remove bolts -1- for pendulum support.

3. Steering rack 559


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove hexagon nut -1- from coupling rod -3- (left and right
sides).

– Pull coupling rod -3- out of anti-roll bar -2- on left and right
side.
Vehicles with vehicle level sender.

– Disconnect connector -1- on front left vehicle level sender


-G78- and/or front right vehicle level sender -G289-, as ap‐
plicable.
Continued for all vehicles
– Pull wiring harness -3- clips -1- and -2- off subframe and
steering rack.

560 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Remove bolts -1- for steering rack.

– Prise steering rack out of dowel sleeves of subframe.


– Place engine and gearbox jack -VAS 6931- or engine and
gearbox jack -V.A.G 1383 A- -1- under subframe.

– Fix position of subframe ⇒ page 80 and lower approx.


10 cm.
– Drive out threaded bush -1- in -direction of arrow-.

3. Steering rack 561


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

Installing
Carry out installation in the reverse sequence, noting the follow‐
ing:

Note

Always drive in threaded bush from above and from direction of


the steering shaft.

– Insert threaded bush in a straight line.

– Drive in threaded bush as far as stop.


– Position steering rack -1- on subframe.

562 Rep. gr.48 - Steering


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

– Threaded sleeves -2- of steering rack must be inserted in


holes in subframe -arrow-.
– On vehicles with vehicle level sender, carry out basic setting
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ o2.1 verview – subframe”, page 19
♦ ⇒ o3.1 verview – steering rack”, page 508
♦ Wheel bolts ⇒ Wheels and Tyres Guide; Rep. gr. 44;
Wheels, tyres; Specified torque for wheel bolts
♦ Bolts for pendulum support ⇒ Rep. gr. 10; Assembly mount‐
ings; Assembly overview - assembly mountings.
♦ Bolts for noise insulation ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 66; Noise insulation; Assembly overview - noise
insulation.
♦ Exhaust system to subframe ⇒ Rep. gr. 26; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview - silencer.
If the steering wheel is found to be off centre during the road
test even though locating pins -T10486/1- were used, check
wheel alignment. In this case the wheel alignment test results
must be archived in the vehicle files.

3. Steering rack 563


Golf 2013 ➤, Golf 2017 ➤, Golf Variant 2014 ➤, Golf Variant 2017 ➤, e-Golf 2014 ...
Running gear, axles, steering - Edition 02.2021

4 Sensors
⇒ a4.1 nd installing steering angle senderG85”, page 564

4.1 Removing and installing steering angle


sender -G85-

Note

♦ The steering angle sender -G85- is a component of the


steering rack.
♦ It cannot be renewed as an individual part.
♦ If the steering angle sender -G85- is defective, the steering
rack must be renewed ⇒ page 513 .

564 Rep. gr.48 - Steering

You might also like